WO2007132179A2 - Therapeutics comprising pyridinium derivatives - Google Patents

Therapeutics comprising pyridinium derivatives Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007132179A2
WO2007132179A2 PCT/GB2007/001684 GB2007001684W WO2007132179A2 WO 2007132179 A2 WO2007132179 A2 WO 2007132179A2 GB 2007001684 W GB2007001684 W GB 2007001684W WO 2007132179 A2 WO2007132179 A2 WO 2007132179A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cells
pancreatic
compound
formula
modulating
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/GB2007/001684
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2007132179A3 (en
Inventor
Barry Victor Lloyd Potter
James Dowden
Antony Galione
Andreas H. Guse
Alexander Flügel
Original Assignee
University Of Bath
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US11/422,010 external-priority patent/US20070105810A1/en
Application filed by University Of Bath filed Critical University Of Bath
Publication of WO2007132179A2 publication Critical patent/WO2007132179A2/en
Publication of WO2007132179A3 publication Critical patent/WO2007132179A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/452Piperidinium derivatives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/4523Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/48Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/79Acids; Esters
    • C07D213/80Acids; Esters in position 3
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/68Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
    • G01N33/6872Intracellular protein regulatory factors and their receptors, e.g. including ion channels
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • PCT/GB2004/005109 having a filing date of 6 December 2004 and a priority date of 5 December 2003 from GB patent application GB0328314.0 - wherein said PCT designated all contracting states including the USA.
  • PCT/GB2004/005109 and GB0328314.0 are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
  • Patent law e.g., they allow for the inclusion of additional ingredients or steps that do not detract from the novel or basic characteristics of the invention, i.e., they exclude additional unrecited ingredients or steps that detract from novel or basic characteristics of the invention, and they exclude ingredients or steps of the prior art, such as documents in the art that are cited herein or are incorporated by reference herein, especially as it is a goal of this document to define embodiments that are patentable, e.g., novel, nonobvious, inventive, over the prior art, e.g., over documents cited herein or incorporated by reference herein. And, the terms "consists of and “consisting of have the meaning ascribed to them in U.S. Patent law; namely, that these terms are closed ended.
  • the present invention relates to therapeutics.
  • the present invention relates to therapeutics - such as compounds and compositions - for modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate; modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells; treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes; treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g.
  • pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate; and/or treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
  • pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
  • IP 3 Inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate
  • cADPr cADP-ribose
  • IP 3 Inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate
  • cADPr cADP-ribose
  • NAADP nicotinic acid-adenine dinucleotide phosphate
  • NAADP is the most potent.
  • nanomolar concentrations in the cytoplasm lead to the release of Ca 2+ from intracellular stores.
  • evidence in the sea urchin egg has been obtained to show that the major NAADP-sensitive Ca 2+ -pool is non-endoplasmic reticular in nature.
  • NAADP was first discovered as a contaminant in NADP that has Ca 2+ -releasing activity on sea urchin egg microsomes.
  • Synthesis of NAADP involves a modification of the enzymatic reaction, resulting in the exchange of nicotinamide for nicotinic acid on the unphosphorylated ribose ring of NADP.
  • the latter mechanism is favoured at low pHs such as those pertaining in an endosomal compartments where CD38 may reside during recycling from the cell surface.
  • Replacement of an uncharged amide in NADP for a negatively charge carboxyl function in NAADP confers on the latter a potent (nanomolar affinity) capacity to mobilise Ca 2+ from responsive stores.
  • NAADP+ specifically and dose-dependently stimulates Ca 2+ signalling in human T cells (WO 02/11736).
  • NAADP activates intracellular Ca 2+ channels distinct from those that are sensitive to inositol trisphosphate and ryanodine/cyclic ADP-ribose. Recent studies in intact cells have demonstrated functional coupling between Ca 2+ release pathways mediated by NAADP, inositol trisphosphate and cyclic ADP-ribose. Thus, NAADP is an important determinant in shaping cytosolic Ca 2+ signals.
  • NAADP as a Ca 2+ -mobilizing molecule
  • the present invention is based in part upon the development of chemical entities that modulate the release of intracellular calcium from a specific store controlled by NAADP.
  • these molecules are small molecules with a RMM of ⁇ 500 and are cell permeable.
  • these and related compounds may find application as novel therapeutic agents and as probes for biological assays.
  • Rl comprises a carbonyl group
  • R2 is a hydrocarbyl group; optionally wherein said ring is further substituted; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of:
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
  • the optional ring substituents, R3, may comprise a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • a substituted aryl group comprises one or more independently selected substituents on an aryl ring system, hi particular, the substituted aryl group may comprise one or more hydroxy; alkyl, especially lower (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl (e.g.
  • aryl ring system is a C3 -C 15 aryl ring system.
  • aryl ring system is a C6- Cl 5 aryl ring system.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier diluent or excipient.
  • a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a medicament comprising a compound as defined herein.
  • An assay method for identifying an agent that modulates intracellular calcium release comprising the steps of: (a) providing an agent;
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
  • treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
  • An assay method comprising the steps of:
  • a method comprising the steps of:
  • An agent identifiable preferably, identified by the assay method as defined herein.
  • a method of treating and/or preventing a disease in a human or animal patient in need of same comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a compound as defined herein, a composition as defined herein, or a medicament as defined herein.
  • a process of preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing one or more of the compounds as defined herein with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or carrier.
  • a pharmaceutical pack comprising one or more compartments, wherein at least one compartment comprises one or more of the compounds as defined herein, a composition as defined herein, or a medicament as defined herein.
  • a container comprising a compound as defined herein, a composition as defined herein, or a medicament as defined herein, wherein said container is labelled for use in one or more of:
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
  • a compound of formula (I) in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of: modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar cells
  • T-cells by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
  • said compound is cell permeable; wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500; wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula (II):
  • said compound that is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, has the formula (A):
  • said compound is cell permeable.
  • said compound has a relative molecular mass (RMM) of less than about 500.
  • Rl is -C(O)R4 wherein R4 is -OH, -O-hydrocarbyl, or -O-N(R5)(R6); wherein each of R5 and R6 is independently selected from H or a hydrocarbyl.
  • Rl is a hydrocarbyl group comprising a carbonyl group, or COOH.
  • R2 is hydrocarbyl, hydrocarbyl-N, hydrocarbyl-N(R7)(R8), or hydrocarbyl- C(O)-N(R9)(R10); wherein each of R7, R8, R9 and RlO is independently selected from H or a hydrocarbyl.
  • R2 is a hydrocarbyl group comprising a carbonyl group.
  • R2 is a hydrocarbyl group comprising an amide group.
  • R2 is a group comprising — hydrocarbyl-C(O)N(H or hydrocarbyl)(H or hydrocarbyl).
  • R2 is a group comprising - CH 2 C(O) O)N(H or hydrocarbyl)(H or hydrocarbyl).
  • R2 is a group comprising - CH 2 C(O)NH 2 .
  • said compound is a mimetic of nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula (II):
  • the present invention relates to the use of said compounds in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of treating an autoimmune disease (such as thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rhematoid arthritis or lupus erythematosis) or graft rejection, or Type II diabetes, or cardiac arrhythmia, or treating or preventing an immune disorder in a human or animal.
  • an autoimmune disease such as thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rhematoid arthritis or lupus erythematosis
  • Type II diabetes or cardiac arrhythmia
  • the present invention relates to the use of said compounds in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of treating thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rhematoid arthritis, lupus erythematosus, graft rejection, Type II diabetes or cardiac arrhythmia.
  • the ring structure of the compound of formula (1) may be further substituted - such as with another hydrocarbyl group.
  • substituents may be a halo group and/or a hydrocarbyl group.
  • Exemplary compounds of the present invention include the following (which are shown as salt forms - however the non-salt forms are also covered as well as other salt forms):
  • the present invention has a number of advantages. These advantages will be apparent in the following description.
  • the present invention is advantageous since it provides commercially useful compounds, compositions and methods.
  • the present invention is advantageous since it provides commercially useful compounds, compositions and methods that selectively affect the NAADP binding site.
  • the present invention is advantageous since it provides commercially useful compounds, compositions that may be used as therapeutic agents.
  • Figure 1 [ 32 P]NAADP binding to 0.5% sea urchin egg homogenate.
  • CMA008 (l-Carbamoylmethyl-3-carboxy-pyridianaum iodide) inhibits NAADP-mediated calcium release in sea urchin egg homogenate.
  • CMA008 (l-Carbamoylmethyl-3-carboxy-pyridinium iodide) on CCK-induced oscillations of Ca 2+ in pancreatic acinar cells
  • Pancreatic acinar cells were seeded onto poly-lysine-coated number 1 glass coverslips and loaded by incubating cells with 1-5 ⁇ M fura-2 acetoxymethylester (Molecular Probes; Leiden, Holland) for 60 min at room temperature. After the loading period, cells were subsequently washed and maintained in buffer at room temperature and used immediately. Cells were excited alternately with 340 and 380 nm light (emission 510 nm), and ratio image of clusters were recorded every 4-5 s, using a 12-bit CCD camera (MicroMax; Princeton Instruments, NJ). All experiment were conducted at room temperature.
  • 1-5 ⁇ M fura-2 acetoxymethylester Molecular Probes; Leiden, Holland
  • CMAOO 8 (l-Carbamoyhnethyl-3-carboxy-pyridinium iodide) is dissolved in 50%DMSO. Final concentration of DMSO is 0.5% in the solution (composition in mM:140 NaCl, 4.7 KCl, 1 CaC12, 1.13 MgC12, 10 HEPES, 10 Glucose, pH adjusted to 7.2)
  • CCK Cholecystokinin
  • Pancreatic acinar cells were isolated from mice and dispersed by collagenase treatment. Cells were incubated with fura-2 AM for 30 min and washed before being imaged on a Metafluor system. The cells were alternately excited at 340/380 nm and emitted light collected at around 510 nm. The ratio of the intensities of emitted light at the two excitation wavelengths were calculated, converted to free calcium concentrations, and plotted again time.
  • the compounds of the present invention may have substituents other than those of the ring systems shown herein.
  • the ring systems herein are given as general formulae and should be interpreted as such.
  • the absence of any specifically shown substituents on a given ring member indicates that the ring member may be substituted with any moiety of which H is only one example.
  • the ring system may contain one or more degrees of unsaturation, for example in some aspects one or more rings of the ring system is aromatic.
  • the ring system may be carbocyclic or may contain one or more hetero atoms.
  • the compounds of the present invention have the structures shown herein.
  • the compound of the invention in particular the ring system compound of the present invention may contain substituents other than those shown herein.
  • substituents may be one or more of: one or more halo groups, one or more O groups, one or more hydroxy groups, one or more amino groups, one or more sulphur containing group(s), one or more hydrocarbyl group(s) - such as an oxyhydrocarbyl group.
  • the ring system of the present compounds may contain a variety of non- interfering substituents.
  • the ring system may contain one or more hydroxy, alkyl especially lower (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec- butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and other pentyl isomers, and n-hexyl and other hexyl isomers, alkoxy especially lower (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy, e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy etc., alkinyl, e.g. ethinyl, or halogen, e.g. fluoro substituents.
  • alkyl especially lower (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isoprop
  • compound is intended to encompass isomeric forms (such as stereoisomers and/or geometric and/or optical isomers, and mixtures thereof), chemical derivatives, mimetics, solvates and salts of the compounds.
  • hydrocarbyl group means a group comprising at least C and H and may optionally comprise one or more other suitable substituents. Examples of such substituents may include halo, alkoxy, nitro, an alkyl group, a cyclic group etc. In addition to the possibility of the substituents being a cyclic group, a combination of substituents may form a cyclic group. If the hydrocarbyl group comprises more than one C then those carbons need not necessarily be linked to each other. For example, at least two of the carbons may be linked via a suitable element or group. Thus, the hydrocarbyl group may contain hetero atoms. Suitable hetero atoms will be apparent to those skilled in the art and include, for instance, sulphur, nitrogen and oxygen. A non-limiting example of a hydrocarbyl group is an acyl group.
  • a typical hydrocarbyl group is a hydrocarbon group.
  • hydrocarbon means any one of an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, which groups may be linear, branched or cyclic, or an aryl group.
  • the term hydrocarbon also includes those groups but wherein they have been optionally substituted. If the hydrocarbon is a branched structure having substituent(s) thereon, then the substitution may be on either the hydrocarbon backbone or on the branch; alternatively the substitutions may be on the hydrocarbon backbone and on the branch.
  • one or more hydrocarbyl groups is independently selected from optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted haloalkyl group, aryl group, alkylaryl group, alkylarylalkyl group, and an alkene group.
  • one or more hydrocarbyl groups is independently selected from C 1 -C 10 alkyl group, such as C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, and C 1 -C 3 alkyl group.
  • Typical alkyl groups include C 1 alkyl, C 2 alkyl, C 3 alkyl, C 4 alkyl, C 5 alkyl, C 7 alkyl, and C 8 alkyl.
  • the hydrocarbyl group comprises a carbonyl group. More preferably, the carbonyl group has the formula COOH.
  • the hydrocarbyl group comprises an amide group. More preferably, the amide group has the formula CH 2 C(O)NH 2 .
  • the R2 group of the compound of Formula (I) is a hydrocarbyl group comprising an amide group.
  • the Rl group of the compound of Formula (I) is a hydrocarbyl group comprising a carbonyl group.
  • the R2 group of the compound of Formula (I) is a hydrocarbyl group comprising an amide group of the formula CH 2 C(O)NH 2 .
  • the Rl group of the compound of Formula (I) is a hydrocarbyl group comprising a carbonyl group of the formula COOH.
  • one or more hydrocarbyl groups may be independently selected from one or more oxyhydrocarbyl groups.
  • oxyhydrocarbyl group as used herein means a group comprising at least C, H and O and may optionally comprise one or more other suitable substituents. Examples of such substituents may include halo-, alkoxy-, nitro-, an alkyl group, a cyclic group etc. In addition to the possibility of the substituents being a cyclic group, a combination of substituents may form a cyclic group. If the oxyhydrocarbyl group comprises more than one C then those carbons need not necessarily be linked to each other. For example, at least two of the carbons may be linked via a suitable element or group. Thus, the oxyhydrocarbyl group may contain hetero atoms. Suitable hetero atoms will be apparent to those skilled in the art and include, for instance, sulphur and nitrogen.
  • the oxyhydrocarbyl group is a oxyhydrocarbon group.
  • oxyhydrocarbon means any one of an alkoxy group, an oxyalkenyl group, an oxyalkynyl group, which groups may be linear, branched or cyclic, or an oxyaryl group.
  • the term oxyhydrocarbon also includes those groups but wherein they have been optionally substituted. If the oxyhydrocarbon is a branched structure having substituent(s) thereon, then the substitution may be on either the hydrocarbon backbone or on the branch; alternatively the substitutions may be on the hydrocarbon backbone and on the branch.
  • Some of the compounds/agents of the present invention may exist as stereoisomers and/or geometric isomers - e.g. they may possess one or more asymmetric and/or geometric centres and so may exist in two or more stereoisomeric and/or geometric forms.
  • the present invention contemplates the use of all of the individual stereoisomers and geometric isomers of those compounds, and mixtures thereof.
  • the terms used in the claims encompass these forms, provided said forms retain the appropriate functional activity (though not necessarily to the same degree).
  • the present invention also includes the use of solvate forms of the compounds/agents of the present invention.
  • the terms used in the claims encompass these forms.
  • the present invention also includes the use of pro-drug forms of the compounds/agents of the present invention.
  • prodrugs include entities that have certain protected group(s) and which may not possess pharmacological activity as such, but may, in certain instances, be administered (such as orally or parenterally) and thereafter metabolised in the body to form the compounds of the present invention which are pharmacologically active.
  • pro-moieties for example as described in "Design of Prodrugs” by H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985 (the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference), may be placed on appropriate functionalities of the compounds. Such prodrugs are also included within the scope of the invention.
  • An example of a prodrug according to the present invention is:
  • the compound/agent may be a mimetic.
  • the term "mimetic” relates to any chemical which includes, but is not limited to, a peptide, polypeptide, antibody or other organic chemical which has the same qualitative activity or effect as a reference agent.
  • the compound is a mimetic of nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula (II)
  • the compound/agent may be a derivative.
  • derivative as used herein includes chemical modification of a compound/agent. Illustrative of such chemical modifications would be replacement of hydrogen by a halo group, an alkyl group, an acyl group or an amino group.
  • the compound/agent may be a chemically modified compound/agent.
  • the chemical modification of a compound/agent may either enhance or reduce hydrogen bonding interaction, charge interaction, hydrophobic interaction, van der Waals interaction or dipole interaction between the agent and the target.
  • the identified compounds/agents according to the present invention may act as a model (for example, a template) for the development of other compounds.
  • the compounds/agents employed in such a test may be free in solution, affixed to a solid support, bome on a cell surface, or located intracellularly. The abolition of activity or the formation of binding complexes between the compound and the agent being tested may be measured.
  • the assay of the present invention may be a screen, whereby a number of agents are tested.
  • the assay method of the present invention is a high through put screen.
  • Techniques for drug screening may be based on the method described in Geysen, European Patent Application 84/03564, published on September 13, 1984.
  • large numbers of different small peptide test compounds are synthesised on a solid substrate, such as plastic pins or some other surface.
  • the peptide test compounds are reacted with a suitable compound or fragment thereof and washed. Bound entities are then detected - such as by appropriately adapting methods well known in the art.
  • a purified compound can also be coated directly onto plates for use in a drug screening techniques.
  • non-neutralising antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilise it on a solid support.
  • This invention also contemplates the use of competitive drug screening assays in which neutralising antibodies capable of binding a compound/agent specifically compete with a test compound for binding to a compound according to the present invention.
  • HTS high throughput screening
  • host cell in relation to the present invention includes any cell that could comprise the target - such as the NAADP receptor - for the compound/agent of the present invention.
  • host cells may be transformed or transfected with a polynucleotide that is or expresses the target of the present invention.
  • said polynucleotide is carried in a vector for the replication and expression of polynucleotides that are to be the target or are to express the target.
  • the cells will be chosen to be compatible with the said vector and may for example be prokaryotic (for example bacterial), fungal, yeast or plant cells.
  • the gram negative bacterium E. coli is widely used as a host for heterologous gene expression.
  • large amounts of heterologous protein tend to accumulate inside the cell.
  • Subsequent purification of the desired protein from the bulk of E. coli intracellular proteins can sometimes be difficult.
  • bacteria from the genus Bacillus are very suitable as heterologous hosts because of their capability to secrete proteins into the culture medium.
  • Other bacteria suitable as hosts are those from the genera Streptomyces and Pseudomonas.
  • eukaryotic hosts such as yeasts or other fungi may be preferred.
  • yeast cells are preferred over fungal cells because they are easier to manipulate.
  • some proteins are either poorly secreted from the yeast cell, or in some cases are not processed properly (e.g. hyperglycosylation in yeast). In these instances, a different fungal host organism should be selected.
  • suitable expression hosts within the scope of the present invention are fungi such as Aspergillus species (such as those described in EP-A-Ol 84438 and EP-A-0284603) and Trichoderma species; bacteria such as Bacillus species (such as those described in EP- A-0134048 and EP-A-0253455), Streptomyces species and Pseudomonas species; and yeasts such as Kluyveromyces species (such as those described in EP-A-0096430 and EP- A-0301670) and Saccharomyces species.
  • typical expression hosts may be selected from Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus niger var. tubigenis, Aspergillus niger var.
  • suitable host cells - such as yeast, fungal and plant host cells - may provide for post-translational modifications (e.g. myristoylation, glycosylation, truncation, lapidation and tyrosine, serine or threonine phosphorylation) as may be needed to confer optimal biological activity on recombinant expression products of the present invention.
  • post-translational modifications e.g. myristoylation, glycosylation, truncation, lapidation and tyrosine, serine or threonine phosphorylation
  • organism in relation to the present invention includes any organism that could comprise the target according to the present invention and/or products obtained therefrom. Examples of organisms may include a fungus, yeast or a plant.
  • transgenic organism in relation to the present invention includes any organism that comprises the target according to the present invention and/or products obtained.
  • the host organism can be a prokaryotic or a eukaryotic organism.
  • suitable prokaryotic hosts include E. coli and Bacillus subtilis. Teachings on the transformation of prokaryotic hosts is well documented in the art, for example see
  • nucleotide sequence may need to be suitably modified before transformation - such as by removal of introns.
  • the transgenic organism can be a yeast.
  • yeast have also been widely used as a vehicle for heterologous gene expression.
  • the species Saccharomyces cerevisiae has a long history of industrial use, including its use for heterologous gene expression.
  • Expression of heterologous genes in Saccharomyces cerevisiae has been reviewed by Goodey et al (1987, Yeast Biotechnology, D R Berry et al, eds, pp 401-429, Allen and Unwin, London) and by King et al (1989, Molecular and Cell Biology of Yeasts, E F Walton and G T Yarronton, eds, pp 107-133, Blackie, Glasgow).
  • Saccharomyces cerevisiae is well suited for heterologous gene expression. First, it is non-pathogenic to humans and it is incapable of producing certain endotoxins. Second, it has a long history of safe use following centuries of commercial exploitation for various purposes. This has led to wide public acceptability. Third, the extensive commercial use and research devoted to the organism has resulted in a wealth of knowledge about the genetics and physiology as well as large-scale fermentation characteristics of Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
  • yeast vectors include integrative vectors, which require recombination with the host genome for their maintenance, and autonomously replicating plasmid vectors.
  • expression constructs are prepared by inserting the nucleotide sequence into a construct designed for expression in yeast.
  • constructs used for heterologous expression have been developed.
  • the constructs contain a promoter active in yeast fused to the nucleotide sequence, usually a promoter of yeast origin, such as the GALl promoter, is used.
  • a promoter of yeast origin such as the GALl promoter
  • a signal sequence of yeast origin such as the sequence encoding the SUC2 signal peptide, is used.
  • a terminator active in yeast ends the expression system.
  • transgenic Saccharomyces can be prepared by following the teachings of Hinnen et al (1978, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA 75, 1929); Beggs, J D (1978, Nature, London, 275, 104); and Ito, H et al (1983, J Bacteriology 153, 163-168).
  • the transformed yeast cells are selected using various selective markers.
  • markers used for transformation are a number of auxotrophic markers such as LEU2, HIS4 and TRPl, and dominant antibiotic resistance markers such as aminoglycoside antibiotic markers, e.g. G418.
  • Another host organism is a plant.
  • the basic principle in the construction of genetically modified plants is to insert genetic information in the plant genome so as to obtain a stable maintenance of the inserted genetic material.
  • Several techniques exist for inserting the genetic information the two main principles being direct introduction of the genetic information and introduction of the genetic information by use of a vector system.
  • a review of the general techniques may be found in articles by Potrykus (Annu Rev Plant Physiol Plant MoI Biol [1991] 42:205-225) and Christou (Agro-Food-Industry Hi-Tech March/ April 1994 17-27). Further teachings on plant transformation may be found in EP- A-0449375.
  • the present invention also provides a method of transforming a host cell with a nucleotide sequence that is to be the target or is to express the target.
  • Host cells transformed with the nucleotide sequence may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression of the encoded protein.
  • the protein produced by a recombinant cell may be displayed on the surface of the cell.
  • expression vectors containing coding sequences can be designed with signal sequences which direct secretion of the coding sequences through a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane.
  • Other recombinant constructions may join the coding sequence to nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide domain which will facilitate purification of soluble proteins (Kroll DJ et al (1993) DNA Cell Biol 12:441-53).
  • the nucleotide sequence for use as the target or for expressing the target can be incorporated into a recombinant replicable vector.
  • the vector may be used to replicate and express the nucleotide sequence in and/or from a compatible host cell. Expression may be controlled using control sequences which include promoters/enhancers and other expression regulation signals. Prokaryotic promoters and promoters functional in eukaryotic cells may be used. Tissue specific or stimuli specific promoters may be used. Chimeric promoters may also be used comprising sequence elements from two or more different promoters described above.
  • the protein produced by a host recombinant cell by expression of the nucleotide sequence may be secreted or may be contained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used.
  • the coding sequences can be designed with signal sequences which direct secretion of the substance coding sequences through a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane.
  • the target amino acid sequence may be produced as a fusion protein, for example to aid in extraction and purification.
  • fusion protein partners include glutathione- S- transferase (GST), 6xHis, GAL4 (DNA binding and/or transcriptional activation domains) and (-galactosidase. It may also be convenient to include a proteolytic cleavage site between the fusion protein partner and the protein sequence of interest to allow removal of fusion protein sequences. Preferably the fusion protein will not hinder the activity of the target.
  • the fusion protein may comprise an antigen or an antigenic determinant fused to the substance of the present invention.
  • the fusion protein may be a non- naturally occurring fusion protein comprising a substance which may act as an adjuvant in the sense of providing a generalised stimulation of the immune system.
  • the antigen or antigenic determinant may be attached to either the amino or carboxy terminus of the substance.
  • the amino acid sequence may be ligated to a heterologous sequence to encode a fusion protein.
  • a heterologous sequence for example, for screening of peptide libraries for agents capable of affecting the substance activity, it may be useful to encode a chimeric substance expressing a heterologous epitope that is recognised by a commercially available antibody.
  • reporter molecules or labels include those radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles and the like.
  • Patents teaching the use of such labels include US-A-3817837; US-A-3850752; US- A-3939350; US-A-3996345; US-A-4277437; US-A-4275149 and US-A-4366241.
  • the present invention relates to an assay method for identifying an agent that modulates intracellular calcium release comprising the steps of: (a) providing an agent; (b) providing an NAADP receptor; (c) contacting said agent with an NAADP receptor; and (d) measuring the level of intracellular calcium release; wherein a difference between (i) the level of intracellular calcium release in the presence of the agent; and (ii) the level of intracellular calcium release in the absence of the agent is indicative of an agent that modulates intracellular calcium release and may be useful in one or more of: modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate; modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells; treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g.
  • pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes; treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate; and treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in ma
  • the assay methods of the present invention may be used to identify one or more agents that modulates intracellular calcium release.
  • agent may refer to a single entity or a combination of entities.
  • the agent may be an organic compound or other chemical.
  • the agent may be a compound, which is obtainable from or produced by any suitable source, whether natural or artificial.
  • the agent may be an amino acid molecule, a polypeptide, or a chemical derivative thereof, or a combination thereof.
  • the agent may even be a polynucleotide molecule - which may be a sense or an anti-sense molecule.
  • the agent may even be an antibody or a part or parts thereof.
  • the agent may be designed or obtained from a library of compounds, which may comprise peptides, as well as other compounds, such as small organic molecules.
  • the agent may be a natural substance, a biological macromolecule, or an extract made from biological materials such as bacteria, fungi, or animal (particularly mammalian) cells or tissues, an organic or an inorganic molecule, a synthetic agent, a semi- synthetic agent, a structural or functional mimetic, a peptide, a peptidomimetics, a derivatised agent, a peptide cleaved from a whole protein, a peptide synthesised synthetically (such as, by way of example, either using a peptide synthesizer or by recombinant techniques) or combinations thereof, a recombinant agent, an antibody, a natural or a non-natural agent, a fusion protein or equivalent thereof and mutants, derivatives or combinations thereof.
  • biological materials such as bacteria, fungi, or animal (particularly mammalian) cells or tissues
  • an organic or an inorganic molecule such as bacteria, fungi, or animal (particularly mammalian) cells or tissues
  • the agent may be an organic compound.
  • the organic compounds may comprise two or more hydrocarbyl groups.
  • hydrocarbyl group means a group comprising at least C and H and may optionally comprise one or more other suitable substituents. Examples of such substituents may include halo-, alkoxy-, nitro-, an alkyl group, a cyclic group etc.
  • substituents may include halo-, alkoxy-, nitro-, an alkyl group, a cyclic group etc.
  • a combination of substituents may form a cyclic group.
  • the hydrocarbyl group comprises more than one C then those carbons need not necessarily be linked to each other. For example, at least two of the carbons may be linked via a suitable element or group.
  • the hydrocarbyl group may contain hetero atoms.
  • the agent may comprise at least one cyclic group.
  • the cyclic group may be a polycyclic group, such as a non-fused polycyclic group.
  • the agent may comprise at least one of said cyclic groups linked to another hydrocarbyl group.
  • the agent may contain halo groups.
  • the agent may contain one or more of alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkylene and alkenylene groups - which may be unbranched- or branched-chain.
  • the agent may be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt - such as an acid addition salt or a base salt - or a solvate thereof, including a hydrate thereof.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt - such as an acid addition salt or a base salt - or a solvate thereof, including a hydrate thereof.
  • the agent may be capable of displaying other therapeutic properties.
  • the agent may be used in combination with one or more other pharmaceutically active agents.
  • the agent is cell permeable; has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500; is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
  • combinations of active agents are administered, then they may be administered simultaneously, separately or sequentially.
  • the compounds and/or agents of the present invention may be administered as pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be readily prepared by using a desired acid or base, as appropriate.
  • the salt may precipitate from solution and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent.
  • Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts and include the hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulphate, bisulphate, phosphate, hydrogenphosphate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, gluconate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, tartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, fumarate, gluconate, formate, benzoate, methanesulphonate, ethanesulphonate, benzenesulphonate and p-toluenesulphonate salts.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed from bases which form non-toxic salts and include the aluminium, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, zinc, and pharmaceutically- active amines such as diethanolamine, salts.
  • the compounds and/or agents of the present invention may exist in polymorphic form.
  • the compounds and/or agents of the present invention may contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and therefore exists in two or more stereoisomeric forms. Where a compound and/or agent contains an alkenyl or alkenylene group, cis (E) and trans (Z) isomerism may also occur.
  • the present invention includes the individual stereoisomers of the compound and/or agent and, where appropriate, the individual tautomeric forms thereof, together with mixtures thereof.
  • Separation of diastereoisomers or cis and trans isomers may be achieved by conventional techniques, e.g. by fractional crystallisation, chromatography or H.P.L.C. of a stereoisomeric mixture of the agent or a suitable salt or derivative thereof.
  • An individual enantiomer of the compound and/or agent may also be prepared from a corresponding optically pure intermediate or by resolution, such as by H.P.L.C. of the corresponding racemate using a suitable chiral support or by fractional crystallisation of the diastereoisomeric salts formed by reaction of the corresponding racemate with a suitable optically active acid or base, as appropriate.
  • the present invention also includes all suitable isotopic variations of the compound and/or agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • An isotopic variation of a compound and/or agent of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is defined as one in which at least one atom is replaced by an atom having the same atomic number but an atomic mass different from the atomic mass usually found in nature.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into the compound and/or agent and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulphur, fluorine and chlorine such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 17 O, 18 O, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F and 36 Cl, respectively.
  • isotopic variations of the compound and/or agent and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. Tritiated, i.e., 3 H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14 C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2 H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopic variations of the compound and/or agent of the present invention and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof of this invention can generally be prepared by conventional procedures using appropriate isotopic variations of suitable reagents.
  • the present invention also includes (wherever appropriate) the use of zwitterionic forms of the compounds and/or agents of the present invention.
  • the component(s) of the present invention may be formulated into a pharmaceutical composition, such as by mixing with one or more of a suitable carrier, diluent or excipient, by using techniques that are known in the art.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds and/or agents of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient (including combinations thereof).
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be for human or animal usage in human and veterinary medicine and will typically comprise any one or more of a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient.
  • Acceptable carriers or diluents for therapeutic use are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co. (A. R. Gennaro edit. 1985).
  • the choice of pharmaceutical carrier, excipient or diluent can be selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may comprise as - or in addition to - the carrier, excipient or diluent any suitable binder(s), lubricant(s), suspending agent(s), coating agent(s), solubilising agent(s).
  • suitable carriers include lactose, starch, glucose, methyl cellulose, magnesium stearate, mannitol, sorbitol and the like.
  • suitable diluents include ethanol, glycerol and water.
  • Suitable binders include starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose, anhydrous lactose, free-flow lactose, beta-lactose, corn sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums, such as acacia, tragacanth or sodium alginate, carboxymethyl cellulose and polyethylene glycol.
  • Suitable lubricants include sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride and the like.
  • Preservatives, stabilizers, dyes and even flavoring agents may be provided in the pharmaceutical composition.
  • preservatives include sodium benzoate, sorbic acid and esters of p-hydroxybenzoic acid.
  • Antioxidants and suspending agents may be also used.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may be formulated to be administered using a mini-pump or by a mucosal route, for example, as a nasal spray or aerosol for inhalation or ingestable solution, or parenterally in which the composition is formulated by an injectable form, for delivery, by, for example, an intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous route.
  • the formulation may be designed to be administered by a number of routes.
  • composition is to be administered mucosally through the gastrointestinal mucosa, it should be able to remain stable during transit though the gastrointestinal tract; for example, it should be resistant to proteolytic degradation, stable at acid pH and resistant to the detergent effects of bile.
  • compositions can be administered by inhalation, in the form of a suppository or pessary, topically in the form of a lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dusting powder, by use of a skin patch, orally in the form of tablets containing excipients such as starch or lactose, or in capsules or ovules either alone or in admixture with excipients, or in the form of elixirs, solutions or suspensions containing flavouring or colouring agents, or they can be injected parenterally, for example intravenously, intramuscularly or subcutaneously.
  • compositions may be best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which may contain other substances, for example enough salts or monosaccharides to make the solution isotonic with blood.
  • compositions may be administered in the form of tablets or lozenges which can be formulated in a conventional manner.
  • one or more compounds and/or agents may also be used in combination with a cyclodextrin.
  • Cyclodextrins are known to form inclusion and non- inclusion complexes with drug molecules. Formation of a drug-cyclodextrin complex may modify the solubility, dissolution rate, bioavailability and/or stability property of a drug molecule. Drug-cyclodextrin complexes are generally useful for most dosage forms and administration routes.
  • the cyclodextrin may be used as an auxiliary additive, e.g. as a carrier, diluent or solubiliser.
  • Alpha-, beta- and gamma-cyclodextrins are most commonly used and suitable examples are described in WO-A-91/11172, WO-A-94/02518 and WO-A-98/55148.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may comprise one or more additional pharmaceutically active compounds and/or agents.
  • the compounds and/or agents of the invention may be prepared by chemical synthesis techniques. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that sensitive functional groups may need to be protected and deprotected during synthesis of a compound and/or agent of the invention. This may be achieved by conventional techniques, for example as described in "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis” by T W Greene and P G M Wuts, John Wiley and Sons Inc. (1991), and by P.J.Kocienski, in “Protecting Groups", Georg Thieme Verlag (1994).
  • any stereocentres present could, under certain conditions, be epimerised, for example if a base is used in a reaction with a substrate having an having an optical centre comprising a base-sensitive group. It should be possible to circumvent potential problems such as this by choice of reaction sequence, conditions, reagents, protection/deprotection regimes, etc. as is well-known in the art.
  • the compounds/agents and salts of the invention may be separated and purified by conventional methods.
  • the term “therapy” includes curative effects, alleviation effects, and prophylactic effects.
  • the term therapy includes at least curative treatment and/or palliative treatment.
  • the therapy may be on humans or animals.
  • the present invention relates to the use of compound (I) wherein: Rl comprises a carbonyl group; R2 is a hydrocarbyl group; optionally wherein said ring is further substituted; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease.
  • the compound/agents of the present invention may be used in combination with one or more other active agents, such as one or more other pharmaceutically active agents.
  • the components of the present invention may be administered alone but will generally be administered as a pharmaceutical composition - e.g. when the components are is in admixture with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient, diluent or carrier selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice.
  • composition can be administered (e.g. orally or topically) in the form of tablets, capsules, ovules, elixirs, solutions or suspensions, which may contain flavouring or colouring agents, for immediate-, delayed-, modified-, sustained-, pulsed- or controlled- release applications.
  • the tablet may contain excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate and glycine, disintegrants such as starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), sodium starch glycollate, croscarmellose sodium and certain complex silicates, and granulation binders such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), sucrose, gelatin and acacia. Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate and talc may be included.
  • excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate and glycine
  • disintegrants such as starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), sodium starch glycollate, croscarmellose sodium and certain complex silicates
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in gelatin capsules.
  • Preferred excipients in this regard include lactose, starch, cellulose, milk sugar or high molecular weight polyethylene glycols.
  • the compounds/agents may be combined with various sweetening or flavouring agents, colouring matter or dyes, with emulsifying and/or suspending agents and with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol and glycerin, and combinations thereof.
  • the routes for administration include, but are not limited to, one or more of: oral (e.g. as a tablet, capsule, or as an ingestable solution), topical, mucosal (e.g. as a nasal spray or aerosol for inhalation), nasal, parenteral (e.g. by an injectable form), gastrointestinal, intraspinal, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intravenous, intrauterine, intraocular, intradermal, intracranial, intratracheal, intravaginal, intracerebroventricular, intracerebral, subcutaneous, ophthalmic (including intravitreal or intracameral), transdermal, rectal, buccal, vaginal, epidural, sublingual.
  • oral e.g. as a tablet, capsule, or as an ingestable solution
  • mucosal e.g. as a nasal spray or aerosol for inhalation
  • nasal parenteral (e.g. by an injectable form)
  • gastrointestinal intraspinal, intraperitoneal
  • composition comprises more than one compound/agent
  • the composition comprises more than one active component, then those components may be administered by different routes.
  • a component of the present invention is administered parenterally
  • examples of such administration include one or more of: intravenously, intra-arterially, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intraventricularly, intraurethrally, intrasternally, intracranially, intramuscularly or subcutaneously administering the component; and/or by using infusion techniques.
  • the component is best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which may contain other substances, for example, enough salts or glucose to make the solution isotonic with blood.
  • aqueous solutions should be suitably buffered (preferably to a pH of from 3 to 9), if necessary.
  • suitable parenteral formulations under sterile conditions is readily accomplished by standard pharmaceutical techniques well-known to those skilled in the art.
  • the component(s) of the present invention can be administered intranasally or by inhalation and is conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurised container, pump, spray or nebuliser with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, a hydro fluoroalkane such as 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane (HFA 134ATM) or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane (HFA 227EATM), carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, a hydro fluoroalkane such as 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane (HFA 134ATM)
  • the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • the pressurised container, pump, spray or nebuliser may contain a solution or suspension of the active compound, e.g. using a mixture of ethanol and the propellant as the solvent, which may additionally contain a lubricant, e.g. sorbitan trioleate.
  • a lubricant e.g. sorbitan trioleate.
  • Capsules and cartridges (made, for example, from gelatin) for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of the agent and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • the component(s) of the present invention can be administered in the form of a suppository or pessary, or it may be applied topically in the form of a gel, hydrogel, lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dusting powder.
  • the component(s) of the present invention may also be dermally or transdermally administered, for example, by the use of a skin patch. They may also be administered by the pulmonary or rectal routes. They may also be administered by the ocular route.
  • the compounds/agents can be formulated as micronised suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted, sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted, sterile saline, optionally in combination with a preservative such as a benzylalkonium chloride. Alternatively, they may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
  • the component(s) of the present invention can be formulated as a suitable ointment containing the one or more active compounds/agents suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture with one or more of the following: mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water.
  • a suitable lotion or cream suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture of one or more of the following: mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, a polyethylene glycol, liquid paraffin, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is administered orally.
  • a physician will determine the actual dosage which will be most suitable for an individual subject.
  • the specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular patient may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific one or more compounds/agents employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound/agent, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity of the particular condition, and the individual undergoing therapy.
  • the compounds, compositions or agents of the present invention may be useful in the treatment of the disorders listed in WO-A-99/52890.
  • the compounds, compositions or agents of the present invention may be useful in the treatment of the disorders listed in WO-A-98/05635.
  • diabetes including Type II diabetes, obesity, cancer, inflammation or inflammatory disease, dermatological disorders, fever, cardiovascular effects, haemorrhage, coagulation and acute phase response, cachexia, anorexia, acute infection, HIV infection, shock states, graft-versus-host reactions, autoimmune disease, reperfusion injury, meningitis, migraine and aspirin-dependent anti- thrombosis; tumour growth, invasion and spread, angiogenesis, metastases, malignant, ascites and malignant pleural effusion; cerebral ischaemia, ischaemic heart disease, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoporosis, asthma, multiple sclerosis, neurodegeneration, Alzheimer's disease, atherosclerosis, stroke, vasculitis, Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis; periodontitis,
  • the compounds, compositions or agents of the present invention may be useful in the treatment of disorders listed in WO-A-98/07859.
  • cytokine and cell proliferation/differentiation activity immunosuppressant or immuno stimulant activity (e.g. for treating immune deficiency, including infection with human immune deficiency virus; regulation of lymphocyte growth; treating cancer and many autoimmune diseases, and to prevent transplant rejection or induce tumour immunity); regulation of haematopoiesis, e.g. treatment of myeloid or lymphoid diseases; promoting growth of bone, cartilage, tendon, ligament and nerve tissue, e.g.
  • follicle- stimulating hormone modulation of fertility
  • chemotactic/chemokinetic activity e.g. for mobilising specific cell types to sites of injury or infection
  • haemostatic and thrombolytic activity e.g. for treating haemophilia and stroke
  • antiinflammatory activity for treating e.g. septic shock or Crohn's disease
  • modulators of e.g. metabolism or behaviour as analgesics; treating specific deficiency disorders; in treatment of e.g. psoriasis, in human or veterinary medicine.
  • composition of the present invention may be useful in the treatment of disorders listed in WO-A-98/09985.
  • macrophage inhibitory and/or T cell inhibitory activity and thus, antiinflammatory activity i.e.
  • inhibitory effects against a cellular and/or humoral immune response including a response not associated with inflammation; inhibit the ability of macrophages and T cells to adhere to extracellular matrix components and fibronectin, as well as up-regulated fas receptor expression in T cells; inhibit unwanted immune reaction and inflammation including arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis, inflammation associated with hypersensitivity, allergic reactions, asthma, systemic lupus erythematosus, collagen diseases and other autoimmune diseases, inflammation associated with atherosclerosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerotic heart disease, reperfusion injury, cardiac arrest, myocardial infarction, vascular inflammatory disorders, respiratory distress syndrome or other cardiopulmonary diseases, inflammation associated with peptic ulcer, ulcerative colitis and other diseases of the gastrointestinal tract, hepatic fibrosis, liver cirrhosis or other hepatic diseases, thyroiditis or other glandular diseases, glomerulonephritis or other renal and urologic diseases, otitis or other oto-rhino-
  • retinitis or cystoid macular oedema retinitis or cystoid macular oedema, sympathetic ophthalmia, scleritis, retinitis pigmentosa, immune and inflammatory components of degenerative fondus disease, inflammatory components of ocular trauma, ocular inflammation caused by infection, proliferative vitreo- retinopathies, acute ischaemic optic neuropathy, excessive scarring, e.g.
  • monocyte or leukocyte proliferative diseases e.g. leukaemia
  • monocytes or lymphocytes for the prevention and/or treatment of graft rejection in cases of transplantation of natural or artificial cells, tissue and organs such as cornea, bone marrow, organs, lenses, pacemakers, natural or artificial skin tissue.
  • condition or disease is selected from the list consisting of:
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
  • condition or disease is selected from the list consisting of:
  • autoimmune disease such as thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rhematoid arthritis or lupus erythematosis
  • graft rejection or Type II diabetes, or cardiac arrhythmia, or treating or preventing an immune disorder in a human or animal.
  • an autoimmune disease such as thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rhematoid arthritis or lupus erythematosis
  • Type II diabetes or cardiac arrhythmia
  • the present invention employs, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of chemistry, molecular biology, microbiology, recombinant DNA and immunology, which are within the capabilities of a person of ordinary skill in the art. Such techniques are explained in the literature. See, for example, J. Sambrook, E. F. Fritsch, and T. Maniatis, 1989, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition, Books 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press; Ausubel, F. M. et al. (1995 and periodic supplements; Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, ch. 9, 13, and 16, John Wiley & Sons, New York, N. Y.); B. Roe, J. Crabtree, and A.
  • Thin layer chromatography was performed on precoated plates (Merck TLC aluminum sheets silica 60 F254) with eluants as indicated. The compounds were detected using a UV lamp at 254nm. Flash chromatography was carried out using Sorbisil c60 silica gel.
  • Subcellular fractions calcium concentrations are measured with fluo-3 (3 ⁇ M) at physiological temperatures, using cell homogenates or subcellular fractions in a fiuorimeter (Perkin-Elmer LS-50B) at 506 nm excitation and 526 nm emission.
  • Intact cells Injected or hydrolysed ester derivatives of calcium sensitive dye are imaged in intact cells by laser-scanning confocal microscopy (TCS NT, Leica) Images were processed with the software NIH Image to create a self-ratio by dividing each image (F) by an image acquired before stimulation (Fo).
  • TCS NT laser-scanning confocal microscopy
  • Nicotinic acid (5 g, 40.6 mmol) in methanol (85 mL) and concentrated sulfuric acid (17 mL) was refluxed for 14 hours. Water (50 mL) was then added and the aqueous solution was then neutralised with saturated NaHCO 3 (-300 mL), extracted with chloroform (3 x 50 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford a pale yellow liquid which crystallise on standing as a white solid (4.8 g, 88%) m.p.
  • Nicotinic acid 100 mg, 0.812 mmol
  • organic halide 0.812 mmol
  • Nicotinic acid methyl ester 500 mg, 3.65 mmol
  • the halide 3.65 mmol
  • sodium iodide 3.65 mmol
  • the solvent was then evaporated under reduced pressure and crystallised from methanol/ether.
  • Nicotinic acid methyl ester and 2-chloro-iV,iV'-diethylacetamide were reacted in DMF under the standard protocol to afford a bright yellow solid (363 mg, 26%) m.p. 163-165°C which showed ⁇ H (270 MHz, D 2 O) 9.30 (IH, s, H2), 9.07 (IH, d, J 8.2, H6), 8.90 (IH, d, J 6.2, H4), 8.19 (IH, m, H5), 5.75 (2H, s, py-CH 2 ), 3.96 (3H, s, OCH 3 ), 3.41 (2H, q, J 7.2, CH 2 ), 3.84 (2H, q, J 7.2, CH 2 ), 1.23 (3 H, t, J 7.2, CH 3 ) and 1.05 (3H, t, J 7.2, CH 3 ).
  • Nicotinic acid methyl ester and 3-chloropropionamide were reacted in acetonitrile under the standard protocol to afford a pale yellow solid (266 mg, 22%) m.p. 98-100°C which showed ⁇ H (270 MHz, D 2 O) 9.48 (IH, s, H2), 9.08 (IH, d, J 6.2, H6), 9.03-8.99 (IH, m, H4), 8.21-8.16 (IH, m, H5), 4.94 (2H, t, J 6.4, py-CH 2 ), 4.01 (3H, s, OCH 3 ) and 3.09 (2H, t, J 6.4, CH 2 -CO).
  • Nicotinic acid methyl ester and 4-chlorobutyronitrile were reacted in DMF under the standard protocol to afford a pale yellow solid (219 mg, 18%) m.p. 167-17O 0 C which showed ⁇ H (270 MHz, D 2 O) 9.48 (IH, s, H2), 9.08 (IH, d, J 6.4, H6), 9.01 (IH, dt, J 8.2 and 1.5, H4), 8.20-8.17 (IH, m, H5), 4.79 (2H, t, J 7.4, py-CH 2 ), 3.98 (3H 5 s, OCH 3 ), 2.64 (2H, t, J 7.4, CH 2 -CN) and 2.40 (2H, q, J 7.4, CH 2 ).
  • Nicotinic acid methyl ester and diethylaminoethylchloride hydrochloride were reacted in DMF under the standard protocol to afford a pale yellow solid (60 mg, 5%) m.p. 172- 174°C which showed ⁇ H (270 MHz, D 2 O) 9.53 (IH, s, H2), 9.13 (IH, d, J 6.2, H6), 9.05 (IH, d, J 8.2, H4), 8.25-8.25 (IH, m, H5), 5.12 (2H, t, J 7.7, py-CH 2 ), 3.95 (3H, s, OCH 3 ), 3.82 (2H, t, J7.7, CH 2 -N), 3.30 (4H, q, J7.4, 2 x CH 2 -Me) and 1.25 (6H, t, J7.4, 2 x CH 3 ).
  • Nicotinic acid methyl ester and 3-chloropropionitrile were reacted in DMF under the standard protocol to afford a pale yellow solid (88 mg, 8%) which showed ⁇ H (270 MHz, D 2 O) 9.54 (IH, s, H2), 9.11 (IH, d, J 6.2, H6), 9.05 (IH, d, J 8.2, H4), 8.25-8.20 (IH, m, H5), 4.99 (2H, t, J 6.4, py-CH 2 ), 3.97 (3H, s, OCH 3 ) and 3.29 (2H, t, J 6.4, CH 2 -CN). m/z [FAB + ] 191.0 (M + , 100%) [found 191.0820 M+. C 10 H 11 N 2 O 2 I requires 191.0821].
  • Nicotinic acid methyl ester and 2-chloro propionamide were reacted in DMF under the standard protocol to afford a yellow solid (363 mg, 26%) which showed 5 H (270 MHz, D 2 O) 9.34 (IH, s, H2), 9.03-8.96 (2H, m, H6 and H4), 8.16-8.11 (IH, m, H5), 5.66 (IH, q, J 7.2, py-CH), 3.91 (3H, s, OCH 3 ) and 1.88 (3H, d, J 7.2, CH 3 ).
  • nicotinic acid methyl ester (0.4 mmol) was dissolved in 48% aqueous HBr (0.2 mL) and stirred at 6O 0 C overnight after which it was then evaporated under reduced pressure. To the brown residue was added acetonitrile. The precipitate was filtered and washed with acetonitrile leaving the desired jV-alkylated nicotinic acid.
  • Nicotinic acid 100 mg, 0.812 mmol
  • organic halide 0.812 mmol
  • Nicotinic acid 100 mg, 0.812 mmol
  • allyl bromide 70 ⁇ L, 0.812 mmol
  • ⁇ H 400 MHz, D 2 O
  • 9.20 IH, s, H2
  • 8.81 (2H, d, J 5.8, 2 x CH)
  • 8.0 IH, d, J 8.2, H5
  • 5.91- 6.01 IH, m, :CH
  • 5.37 (2H, app t, J 10.5, :CH 2
  • 5.11 2H, d, J 6.2, CH 2 -N).
  • Nicotinic acid 100 mg, 0.812 mmol
  • 2-iodopropane 80 ⁇ L, 0.812 mmol
  • the desired quarternised product as a white solid (181mg, 76%) m.p.
  • Nicotinic acid 100 mg, 0.812 mmol
  • benzyl bromide 0.1 mL, 0.812 mmol
  • Nicotinic acid 100 mg, 0.812 mmol
  • 2-iodoacetamide 150 mg, 0.812 mmol
  • ⁇ H 400 MHz, D 2 O
  • 9.24 IH, s, H2
  • 9.0 IH, d, J 8.2, H6
  • 8.89 IH, d, J 4.8, H4
  • 8.14-8.20 IH, m, H5) and 5.56 (2H, s, CH 2 ).
  • Nicotinamide 500 mg, 4.06 mmol
  • iodoacetamide 764 mg, 4.06 mmol
  • the solvent was then evaporated and the residue crystallised from methanol/ether to afford a yellow solid which showed ⁇ (270 MHz, D 2 O) 9.24 (IH, s, H2), 8.95-8.93 (2H, m, H4 and H6), 8.23-8.17 (IH, m, H5) and 5.56 (2H, s, py-CH 2 ).
  • Nicotinic acid l-(2-nitro-phenyl)-ether ester 300 mg, 1.1 mmol
  • iodoacetamide 204 mg, 1.1 mmol
  • the solvent was then evaporated under reduced pressure ans the residue recrystallised from MeOH/ether to afford the desired product as a yellow solid which showed ⁇ H (270 MHz, D 2 O) 9.46 (IH, s, H2), 9.14 (IH, d, J 8.1, CH), 9.06 (IH, d, J 5.9, CH), 8.31-8.26 (IH, m, CH), 8.0 (IH, d, J 8.1, CH), 7.85 (IH, d, J 8.1, CH), 7.76-7.70 (IH, m, H4), 7.57-7.52 (IH, m, CH), 6.56 (IH, q, J 6.3, CH-Me) 5.64 (2H, s, CH 2 ) and 1.82
  • Nicotinamide (0.5g, 4.0mmol) was mixed with 2,4-dinitrochlorobenzene (2.5g, 12mmol).
  • the Bromoacetylamides were prepared [1] in ether at -10 0 C in a yield at 60-80% and the following alkylation reaction was carried out in DMF at 60-70 0 C in the dark.
  • Sea urchin eggs of Lytechinus pictus were obtained by intracoelomic injection of 0.5 M KCl shed into artificial sea water (in mM, NaCl 435, MgCl 2 40, MgSO4 15, CaCl 2 11, KCl 10, NaHCO 3 2.5, EDTA 1), dejellied by passing through 90-mm nylon mesh, and then washed twice by centrifugation. Eggs were transferred to polylysine-coated glass coverslips for microinjection and microscopy.
  • Oregon Green 488 BAPTA (l,2-bis(2- aminophenoxy)emane-N,N,iV9,iV9-tetraacetic acid dextran; Molecular Probes) was pressure-micro injected (Picospritzer; World Precision Instruments).
  • the calcium- sensitive dye was imaged by laser-scanning confocal microscopy (Leica model TCS NT) using the 488-nm line of an argon ion laser for excitation, and the emission was long passfiltered (515 nm) and detected with a photomultiplier tube.
  • Caged NAADP 29 P-(I -(2- nitrophenyl)ethyl) NAADP; Molecular Probes
  • Caged NAADP were photolyzed with ultraviolet light (351- and 364-nm lines) from an argon ion laser (Enterprise model 651 ; Coherent) that was directed into the scanning head by a quartz fiber optic cable.
  • the spatial location of photolysis was controlled via a shutter that was placed in the light path of the ultraviolet laser. This resulted in a band of UV across the image with the position and width of the band being controllable.
  • the confocal images were processed with the software NIH Image to create a self ratio by dividing the intensity (F) of each image on a pixel by pixel basis by the intensity of an image acquired before stimulation (Fo).
  • Time courses of F/Fo are plotted against time. Results are shown of the effect of externally applied CMA008 on the effect of photolysing NPE-NAADP.
  • CMA008 (10 mM) blocks the effect of photolysis of NPE-NAADP (1 ⁇ M) on calcium release in intact sea urchin eggs, supporting the notion of membrane permeance of CMA008.
  • the biological data for these experiments is presented in Figure 6 (see also the description of the figures above).
  • Pancreatic acinar cells were seeded onto poly-lysine-coated number 1 glass coverslips and loaded with calcium indicator by incubating cells with 1-5 mM fura-2 acetoxymethylester (Molecular Probes; Leiden, Holland) for 60 min at room temperature. After the loading period, cells were subsequently washed and maintained in buffer at room temperature and used immediately. Cells were excited alternately with 340 and 380 nm light (emission 510 run), and ratio image of clusters 5 were recorded every 4-5 s, using a 12-bit CCD camera (MicroMax; Princeton Instruments, NJ).
  • 1-5 mM fura-2 acetoxymethylester Molecular Probes; Leiden, Holland
  • Novel chemical entities that modulate the release of intracellular calcium by a novel mechanism from a specific store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate are described. These small molecules are cell permeable and have been shown to inter alia modulate calcium spikes in mammalian beta cells. NAADP mediated calcium stores are found in a wide range of mammalian cells including brain, heart, pancreatic acinar and T-cells. These and related compounds may thus find application as novel therapeutic agents and as probes for biological assays.
  • Nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate displays a carboxylate at the 3- position of the pyridinium, unlike the carboxamide displayed by the related biological co- substrate nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADP). It has recently emerged that low concentrations of NAADP (approx. 10OnM) causes release of calcium from a discrete intracellular store that is not addressed by any other second chemical messenger, such as cADPR or l,4,5-InsP 3 . Despite being a close analogue NADP is not active. Studies on closely related NAADP analogues confirmed strong specificity at the nicotinic acid position.
  • Simple pyridinium salts of nicotinic acid have been prepared and have been shown to modulate calcium release in model systems, such as sea urchin homogenate, as well as mammalian pancreatic cells. The compounds were applied outside of the cell, yet demonstrated potent activity so confirming that they are cell permeable.
  • Such compounds provide a powerful basis for the development of novel therapeutics that act by modulating calcium signals critical to controlling a number of important biological processes, such as fertility, insulin production, T-cell activation, controlling the frequency of heart muscle contractions and the activity of brain cells.
  • the chemical entities described herein may be used either for assays, or themselves developed into novel pharmaceutical agents that intercept and control this important biological pathway.
  • diseases that feature aberrant intracellular calcium signalling are manifold and include diabetes, while the role of calcium in the activation of
  • T-cells offers the prospect of control of the immune system. That NAADP receptors have been shown to be active in the brain suggests a possible role for controlling neurological diseases.
  • the chemical entities described will potentially be applicable for the modulation of any disease due to aberrant NAADP induced calcium release.
  • the general structure of the compounds may find application for other biological targets that feature related binding sites for nicotinic acid/amide derivatives.
  • Rl comprises a carbonyl group
  • R2 is a hydrocarbyl group
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells such as T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • T-cells T-cells
  • phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • T-cells and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
  • the carbonyl group is a carboxyl group.
  • the compounds are formulated and/or administered in effective amounts to patients suffering from thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematosis, graft rejection, Type II diabetes or cardiac arrhythmia.
  • the compounds are formulated and/or administered in effective amounts to patients suffering from multiple sclerosis or rheumatoid arthritis or graft rejection.
  • the compounds are formulated and/or administered in effective amounts to patients suffering from multiple sclerosis.
  • X is O, S, CH2 or (H 5 H); wherein Rl is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; wherein R2 is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; optionally wherein Rl and R2 can be linked so as to define a hydrocarbyl ring structure such as cyclohexyl or -(CH)n-cyclohexyl (wherein n is an integer) or heterocylic ring structures such as
  • R3 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
  • R4 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
  • R5 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
  • R6 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group (such as an oxyhydrocarbyl group); wherein X ⁇ is an optional anion, such as Br " ; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
  • R3, R4, R5 and R6 can be an aryl group.
  • Rl need not be the same as R2.
  • R3 need not be the same as R4 or R5 or R6.
  • R4 need not be the same as R3 or R5 or R6.
  • R5 need not be the same as R3 or R4 or R6.
  • R6 need not be the same as R3 or R4 or R5.
  • Rl is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group
  • R2 is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group; optionally wherein Rl and R2 can be linked so as to define a hydrocarbyl ring structure.
  • R3 and R4 may optionally be fused to form a ring structure.
  • a more preferred compound of formula (Al) is that of formula (B) (as shown below) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a mimetic thereof or a bioisotere thereof.
  • the compound of formula (B) is referred to as "BZ52".
  • the term "mimetic” relates to any chemical which has the same qualitative activity or effect as a reference agent.
  • BZ52 has the formula:
  • the Zwitterion form of BZ52 has the formula:
  • TLC Thin layer chromatography
  • the present invention concerns inter alia the blockade of the (NAADP)/Ca 2+ signalling pathway by analogues of NAADP for the treatment of autoimmune diseases/chronic inflammations and graft-host rejections.
  • IP3 D-myo-inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate
  • Fig 10 shows the calcium traces from an individual cell microinjected with BZ52 as described for Fig 9. Effect of NAADP-microinjection and co-injection with BZ52 (1 mM) on [Ca + ], in human Jurkat T-Lymphocytes.
  • Upper panel microinjection of 100 nM NAADP (arrow)
  • middle panel microinjection of the vehicle buffer (arrow)
  • lower panel co-microinjection of 100 nM NAADP plus 1 mM BZ52 (arrow).
  • Fig. 11 shows the inhibitory effect of BZ 52 on Ca 2+ signalling evoked by crosslinking of CD3 in rat encephalitogenic rat T cells
  • Fura2-loaded rat T cells were analyzed for [Ca 2+ J 1 by fluorimetry.
  • First arrow indicates addition of anti-CD3 mAb
  • second arrow indicates addition of a crosslinking secondary antibody.
  • BZ 52 cells were preincubated with BZ 52 (500 ⁇ M) for 60 min at RT.
  • MBP myelin-basic protein
  • ConA mitogen concanavalin A
  • IC 50 values were approx. 100 ⁇ M for ConA mediated and 500 ⁇ M for MBP mediated proliferation (Fig. 12).
  • Fig. 12 shows the inhibitory effect of BZ52 on antigen and mitogen induced proliferation in myelin-basic protein (MBP) specific, CD4-positive rat T cells
  • BZ52 up to 500 ⁇ M did not much reduce the number of T cell blasts when incubated with these cells for 48 h (Fig. 13). This indicates that BZ52 does not have a large cytotoxic effect per se on resting cells, but such as affects proliferating T cells.
  • Fig. 13 shows the toxicity assay of BZ52 on non-proliferating myelin-basic protein (MBP) specific, CD4-positive rat T cell blasts
  • Fig. 14 shows the protective effect of BZ52 in transfer experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE)
  • BZ52 beneficial effect of BZ52 is also mirrored by a less pronounced decrease in body weight, a marker for the disease that is less operator-based as compared to clinical scores (Fig. 15).
  • Fig. 15 shows the protective effect of BZ52 in transfer experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE)
  • GFP-transfected encephalitogenic T cells were used for the transfer EAE experiment, the localization of these cells was determined on day 4 post transfer in different organs of one animal. It is known from previous studies (Fl ⁇ gel, Immunity) that the transferred encephalitogenic T cells first move to the parathymic lymph nodes, and then migrate via the spleen to the CNS (day 4). Fig. 16 demonstrates that the number of CNS-inflltrating encephalitogenic T cells decreased by about 50 %. hi addition, the number of encephalitogenic T cells was reduced significantly.
  • Fig. 16 shows the effect of BZ52 on the localization of encephalitogenic T cells on day 4 post transfer in transfer experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE)
  • Animals (6 per group, body weight approx. 150 g) were injected i.p. twice per day with either PBS (vehicle control), nicotinic acid (50 ⁇ mol/100 g body weight), or BZ 52 (50 ⁇ mol/100 g body weight).
  • PBS vehicle control
  • nicotinic acid 50 ⁇ mol/100 g body weight
  • BZ 52 50 ⁇ mol/100 g body weight
  • the Jurkat T cells were loaded with fura-2/AM and kept in the dark at room temperature until use. Glass coverslips were coated first with BSA (5 mg/ml) and subsequently with poly-L-lysine (0.1 mg/ml). Small chamber slides consisting of a rubber O-ring were sealed on thin (0.1 mm) glass coverslips by silicon grease. Then, 60 ⁇ l buffer A containing 140 mM NaCl, 5 mM KCl, 1 mM MgSO 4 , 1 mM CaCl 2 , 1 mM NaH 2 PO 4 , 5.5 mM glucose, and
  • Microinjections were carried out as described. Briefly, we used an Eppendorf system (transjector type 5246, micromanipulator type 5171, Eppendorf-Netheler-Hinz, Hamburg, Germany) with Femtotips II as pipettes. NAADP was diluted to its final concentration in intracellular buffer (20 mM HEPES, 110 mM KCl, 2 mM MgCl 2 , 5 mM KH 2 PO 4 , 10 mM NaCl, pH 7.2) and filtered (0.2 ⁇ m) before use.
  • Injections were made using the semiautomatic mode of the system with the following instrumental settings: injection pressure 60 hPa, compensatory pressure 30 hPa, injection time 0.3 - 0.5 s and velocity of the pipette 700 ⁇ m/s. Under such conditions the injection volume was 1 - 1.5% of the cell volume .
  • MBP-GFP T cells were plated in 96- wells (5 x 10 4 well) and stimulated by the aaddddiittiioonn ooff 1 thymocytes (1,5 x 10 6 / well) and MBP (lO ⁇ g/ml) or ConA (1.25 ⁇ g/ml), respectively.
  • MBP-GFP Tcells were plated in 96- wells (5 x 10 4 /well). Substances to test were added at different concentration to the cells and incubated for Ih.
  • thymocytes (1,5 x 10 6 / well) and MBP.
  • Absolute numbers of MBP-GFP T cells were determined by quantitative cytofluorometrical analysis after 24 and 48 hours (FACS-Calibur BektonDickinso ⁇ ).
  • MBP-GFP Tcells were also incubated with different concentration of substances to test and absolute numbers of MBP-GFP T cells were determined by quantitative cytofluorometrical analysis after 24 and 48 hours (FACS-Calibur BektonDickinso ⁇ ).
  • Nicotinic acid or substance BZ52 were injected i.p. to recipient healthy Lewis rats twice a day for 6 days at the following concentrations: lOO ⁇ M (15 ⁇ mol substance / 15Og body weight) and 500 ⁇ M (75 ⁇ mol substance / 15Og body weight). Weight of the animals was measured twice a day.
  • Rats were sacrificed after 7 days and spleen, spinal cord and parathymic lymph nodes were prepared.
  • Absolute numbers of TMBP-GFP cells in the organs were determined by quantitative cytofluorometrical analysis (FACS-Calibur BektonDickinso ⁇ ).
  • Rl is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H
  • R2 is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H
  • Rl and R2 can be linked so as to define a hydrocarbyl ring structure such as cyclohexyl or -(CH)n-cyclohexyl (wherein n is an integer) or heterocylic ring structures such as
  • R3 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
  • R4 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
  • R5 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
  • R6 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group (such as an oxyhydrocarbyl group); wherein X ⁇ is an optional anion, such as Br " ; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
  • the present invention covers such compounds in per se form, in composition form, processes for making same, uses of same and methods of treatment using same as herein described.
  • a preferred compound according to the present invention has the general formula (C):
  • Another example of a preferred compound of formula (C) is that of formula (D) (as shown below) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a mimetic thereof or a bioisotere thereof.
  • the compound of formula (D) is referred to as "BZl 94".
  • the term "mimetic” relates to any chemical which has the same qualitative activity or effect as a reference agent.
  • BZl 94 partially blocked T cell receptor/CD3 complex mediated Ca2+ signalling in rat and human T cells. • BZl 94 had an antiproliferative effect on cultured MBP-specific and OVA-specific
  • Other compounds of Formula (C) may be prepared in the same manner as BZl 94.
  • Rl or R2 is of a different alkyl chain length
  • the same synthesis protocol as described above is used except that nicotinic acid is reacted with an appropriate different alkylating reagent (i.e. a reagent that provides the required alkyl chain length).
  • Rl is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H
  • R2 is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H
  • Rl and R2 can be linked so as to define a hydrocarbyl ring structure such as cyclohexyl or -(CH)n-cyclohexyl (wherein n is an integer) or heterocylic ring structures such as
  • R3 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
  • R4 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated (such as aryl or methoxy aryl); wherein R5 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
  • R6 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group (such as an oxyhydrocarbyl group); wherein X ⁇ is an optional anion, such as Br " ; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
  • the present invention also covers such compounds in per se form, in composition form, processes for making same, uses of same and methods of treatment using same as herein described.
  • compounds of the formula (A2) are very favourable for the treatment of thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematosis, graft rejection, Type II diabetes or cardiac arrhythmia; more particularly multiple sclerosis or rheumatoid arthritis; more particularly multiple sclerosis.
  • X is O, S, CH 2 , or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or a hydrocarbyl group, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-
  • Ill Rl or R2 may terminate in a cyclic group — such as:
  • Rl or R2 are still considered to be a C5-C9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group since the terminal cyclic groups are substituents on the hydrocarbyl group or the oxyhydrocarbyl group.
  • R3 may be H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group - such as a saturated ring structure or an unsaturated ring structure such as aryl, methoxy aryl etc.
  • R4 may be H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group - such as a saturated ring structure or an unsaturated ring structure such as aryl, methoxy aryl etc.
  • R5 may be H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group - such as a saturated ring structure or an unsaturated ring structure such as aryl, methoxy aryl etc.
  • R6 may be H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group - such as a saturated ring structure or an unsaturated ring structure such as aryl, methoxy aryl etc.
  • any two or more of R3, R4, R5 and R6 may be fused to form a saturated ring structure or an unsaturated ring structure.
  • Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (A3):
  • Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (A4):
  • Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (A5):
  • X is O, S, CH 2 , or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H; wherein R4 is H; wherein R5 is H; wherein R6 is H; wherein X ⁇ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
  • Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (A6):
  • X is O, S, CH 2 , or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H; wherein R4 is H; wherein R5 is H; wherein R6 is H; wherein X ⁇ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
  • Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (A7):
  • Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (A8):
  • Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (A9):
  • Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (AlO):
  • Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (Al 1):
  • the present invention also covers such compounds in per se form, in composition form, processes for making same, uses of same and methods of treatment using same as herein described.
  • X " is Br " or any standard anion
  • R 1 H, Me, Et;
  • R 2 hydrocarbyl or oxyhydrocarbyl based around hydrocarbon chain lengths C5 to C9.
  • the C5 to C9 hydrocarbyl or oxyhydrocarbyl groups may terminate in any one of the following groups:
  • Any ofR 3 or R 4 or R 5 is H or halo.
  • Another example of a preferred compound of formula (C) is that of formula (E) (as shown below) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a mimetic thereof or a bioisotere thereof.
  • the compound of formula (E) is referred to as "BZ320”.
  • Another example of a preferred compound of formula (C) is that of formula (F) (as shown below) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a mimetic thereof or a bioisotere thereof.
  • the compound of formula (F) is referred to as "BZ321".
  • the term "mimetic" relates to any chemical which has the same qualitative activity or effect as a reference agent.
  • TLC Thin layer chromatography
  • Other compounds of Formula (C) may be prepared in the same manner as BZ320 or BZ321.
  • Rl or R2 is of a different alkyl chain length
  • the same synthesis protocol as described above is used except that nicotinic acid is reacted with an appropriate different alkylating reagent (i.e. a reagent that provides the required alkyl chain length).
  • Figure 17 shows the effect of NAADP antagonist BZ194 on Ca 2+ signalling in rat MBP-specific T cells. Resting rat T cells were loaded with fura2/AM and suspension measurements were carried out as described in [4]. Arrows indicate time point of addition of antibody or Ca 2+ solution.
  • A Addition of anti-CD3-mAb (1 st arrow) and a crosslinking, secondary antibody (2 n arrow).
  • C Under Ca 2+ free conditions the anti-CD3-mAb (1 st arrow) and secondary crosslinking antiserum (2 nd arrow) were added; then [Ca 2+ ] was increased to 1 mM (3 rd arrow).
  • Figure 18 shows the effect of BZ194 on in vitro-cultured GFP + Rat T cells.
  • Cells were stimulated in presence of MBP-pulsed irradiated APCs and increasing concentrations of BZl 94. After 48 h cells were collected for cytofluorometric cell count A and RNA extraction was performed for quantitative PCR analysis (IL2)
  • IL2 quantitative PCR analysis
  • Figure 19 shows cell distribution in spleen and CNS after BZ194 treatment. Cytofluorometric cell counts of MBP-specific GFP T cells in spleen A and CNS B of BZl 94 (500 ⁇ mol) and DMSO-treated animals at d 3 after T cell transfer.
  • Figure 20 shows motility of T MBP - GFP cells in the spleen after BZ194 treatment. Intravital videomicroscopy of the spleen of vehicle (DMSO, left) A or BZl 94 B -treated animals 3 d after T cell transfer. The ratio between stationary and motile MBP-specific GFP T cells (upper graphs) and cell trajectories (lower graphs, 10 min analysis) are shown. Stationary cells are defined as cells moving less than lO ⁇ m in 10 minutes.
  • Figure 21 shows cytokine production is down-regulated in BZ194 treated EAE animals.
  • Figure 22 shows recruitment of inflammatory cells after BZ194 treatment.
  • EAE autoimmune encephalomyelitis
  • t-EAE adoptive transfer EAE
  • MBP myelin basic protein
  • tEAE can be exclusively evoked by transfer of activated T cells [5].
  • the clinical course after transfer of these activated T cell blasts is characterized by unrivalled reproducibility and predictability [6].
  • the disease is monophasic and self-limited.
  • the pathology is strictly dependent on the transferred T cells and monocytes/macrophages.
  • CNS inflammation and clinical disease occur after a time period of three to four days following T cell transfer.
  • the migration pattern and functional properties of the autoreactive T cells in this preclinical period of tEAE have been recently analyzed.
  • autoreactive T cells have to be reactivated within the target organ in order to induce clinical disease [8].
  • T cells are central check points which decide about onset and/or progression of autoimmune diseases of the CNS.
  • a number of molecular mechanisms is involved in T cell activation [reviewed in 10]; one of the essential intracellular mechanisms is the elevation of the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration ([Ca 2+ ];; reviewed in 11,12).
  • Ca 2+ signalling describes the fact that upon stimulation of receptors in the plasma membrane [Ca 2+ Jj undergoes changes.
  • a global increase in [Ca 2+ Jj is preceded by subcellular pacemaker Ca 2+ signals.
  • Both local and global Ca 2+ signals often exhibit complex spatio-temporal patterns, e.g. oscillations and/or waves.
  • [Ca 2+ ] is the resultant from at least four individual processes: Ca 2+ release from intracellular stores and Ca 2+ inflow from the extracellular space elevate [Ca 2+ ];, while Ca 2+ extrusion by calcium pumps in both intracellular and plasma membranes and binding of Ca 2+ ions to Ca 2+ binding proteins reduces [Ca 2+ ];.
  • Ca 2+ signalling of encephalitogenic T cells in multiple sclerosis or EAE is either activated specifically by antigenic peptide via the T cell receptor/CD3 complex (TCR/CD3; ref. 13) or unspecifically by proinflammatory cytokines, e.g. interferon- ⁇ (IFN ⁇ ; ref. 14), or a combination of interleukin 2 (IL-2), interleukin-6 (IL-6) and tumor necrosis factor- ⁇ (TNF ⁇ ; ref. 15).
  • proinflammatory cytokines e.g. interferon- ⁇ (IFN ⁇ ; ref. 14
  • IFN ⁇ interleukin 2
  • IL-6 interleukin-6
  • TNF ⁇ tumor necrosis factor- ⁇
  • downstream transducers of increased [Ca 2+ ] are calcium/calmodulin-dependent kinase II [16], calpain [17], and Ca 2+ -activated K + -channels [18].
  • Cell culture - Jurkat T-lymphocytes (clone JMP) were cultured in RPMI 1640 supplemented with Glutamax I. 10% (v/v) newborn or fetal calf serum. 25 mM HEPES. 100 units/ml penicillin, and 50 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin.
  • Ratiometric Ca 2+ imaging - The cells were loaded with fura-2/AM and kept in the dark at room temperature until use. Thin glass coverslips (0.1 mm) were coated with BSA (5 mg/ml), and poly-L-lysine (0.1 mg/ml). Silicon grease was used to seal small chambers consisting of a rubber O-ring on the glass coverslips.
  • 60 ⁇ l buffer A containing 140 mM NaCl, 5 mM KCl, 1 mM MgSO 4 , 1 mM CaCl 2 , 1 mM NaH 2 PO 4 , 5.5 mM glucose, and 20 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), and 40 ⁇ l cell suspension (2*10 cells/ml) suspended in the same buffer were added into the small chamber.
  • the coverslip with cells slightly attached to the BSA/poly-L-lysine coating was mounted on the stage of a fluorescence microscope (Leica DM IRE2).
  • Ratiometric Ca 2+ imaging was performed using an Improvision imaging system (Heidelberg, Germany) built around the Leica microscope at 100-fold magnification. Illumination at 340 and 380 nm was carried out using a monochromator system (Polychromator IV, TILL Photonics, Grafelfmg, Germany). Images were taken with a gray-scale CCD camera (type C4742-95-12ER; Hamamatsu, Enfield, United Kingdom; operated in 8-bit mode). The spatial resolution was 512x640 pixel at 100-fold magnification. Camera exposure times were 12 msec (at 340 nm) and 4 msec (at 380 nm). The acquisition rate was approx. 1 ratio/160 msec. Raw data images were stored on hard disk.
  • Confocal Ca 2+ images were obtained by off-line no-neighbor deconvolution using the volume deconvolution module of the Openlab software. The deconvolved images were used to construct ratio images (340/380). Finally, ratio values were converted to Ca 2+ concentrations by external calibration. To reduce noise, ratio images were subjected to median filter (3x3). Data processing was performed using Openlab software v 1.7.8, v3.0.9 or v3.5.2 (Improvision, Tubingen, Germany).
  • Microinjection - Microinjections were carried out using an Eppendorf system (transjector type 5246, micromanipulator type 5171, Eppendorf-Netheler-Hinz, Hamburg, Germany) with Femtotips II as pipettes.
  • NAADP and/or compounds were diluted to their final concentration in intracellular buffer (20 mM HEPES, 110 mM KCl, 2 mM MgCl 2 , 5 mM KH 2 PO 4 , 10 mM NaCl, pH 7.2) and filtered (0.2 ⁇ m) before use. To avoid any contamination of Ca 2+ in the solution to be injected, a small amount of Chelex resin beads was added.
  • Injections were made using the semiautomatic mode of the system with the following instrumental settings: injection pressure 60 hPa, compensatory pressure 30 hPa, injection time 0.5 s, and velocity of the pipette 700 ⁇ m/s. Under such conditions the injection volume was 1 - 1.5% of the cell volume.
  • mRNA was extracted using standard protocols (Sigma-Aldrich) and reversed to cDNA (Invitrogen). Taqman analysis was performed as reported (Fl ⁇ gel et al. 2001, Immunity) using ABI Prim 7700 Sequence Detector "Taqman" (PE Applied Biosystems). The expression of a housekeeping gene (b-actin) was set into relation to the specific mRNA. Data were obtained by independent duplicate measurements. The CT value of the individual measurements did not exceed 0.5 amplification cycles. Cell isolation, cytofluorometry and fluorescence activated sorting (FACS).
  • FACS fluorescence activated sorting
  • TQ FP cells Single cell suspensions from organs were prepared as described previously (Fl ⁇ gel et al. 2001, Immunity). TQ FP cells were sorted immediately after cell preparation in PBS containing 2% glucose at 4 0 C using FACS Vantage (Becton Dickinson) or MoFIo sorter (Cytomation Bioinstruments, Freiburg, Germany). Cytofluorometric analysis was performed with FACS-Calibur operated by Cell Quest software (Becton Dickinson).
  • the following monoclonal antibodies were used for surface membrane analysis: W3/25 (anti- CD4), 0X33 (CD45RA, B cells, both from Serotec, D ⁇ sseldorf, Germany), R73 (abTCR), OX-6 (rat MHC class II), OX-40 antigen (CD134), OX-39 (CD25, IL-2Ra chain), CD8a, CD8b, CDl Ia (LFA-Ia), CDl Ib (integrin a M chain), CDl lb/c (0X42), CDl Ic (integrin a x chain) (all Becton Dickinson, Heidelberg, Germany). Allophycocyanin-labeled anti-mouse antibody (Invitrogen, Düsseldorf, Germany) was used as secondary antibody.
  • xylazine/ketamine (10mg/kg and 50mg/kg, respectively), with reapplied doses (lmg/kg xylazine/5mg/kg ketamine) administered as required.
  • Adequate oxygenation was ensured by an oxygen (95%O2/5% CO2) mask fixed on the animal's snout.
  • Body temperature was controlled by a heated pad.
  • For spleen imaging temperature and moistness controlled chambers were constructed for inverted microscope settings. Surgically exposed spleens with intact vasculature were carefully placed into the chambers superfused with carbogenated HBSS (95% O 2 5%CO 2 ).
  • Fluorescence videomicroscopy Time-lapse recordings were performed using an inverted microscope (Zeiss, Axiovert 200M) equipped with a 20 ⁇ , 0.4 NA objective (Zeiss). Images were acquired using a Coolsnap-HQ camera (Photometries, Roper Scientific, Tuscon, AZ) in 30 s time intervals and processed by MetaMorph (Visitron Systems, Puchheim, Germany). Image J software (freeware, provided by Wayne Rasband, NIH) was used to evaluate cell trajectories and velocity. Proliferation assays .
  • T MBP - GFP cells were co-cultured for 48 h in 9 ⁇ well plates (in
  • T MBP - GF P cells (10mg/ml MBP) or without.
  • Amplification of T MBP - GF P cells was measured by cytofluorometry as described (Kawakami et al.
  • BZl 94 strongly influenced the function of rat MBP-specific T cells in vitro and in vivo. Proliferation and cytokine expression of the T cells was tested in vitro after incubation with irradiated MBP-pulsed thymic antigen presenting cells (in rats the commonly used APC type, ref. 5). BZl 94 dose dependently suppressed T cell proliferation (Fig. 18A).
  • BZ 194 Limited solubility of BZ 194 excluded intravenous application due to embolic complications. Intraperitoneal injection of BZl 94 solubilized in DMSO (180 mg/kg, treatment for 5 days) was well tolerated by Lewis rats, as tested by inspection, weight development, and immune cell count (not shown). Higher amounts of BZl 94 occasionally induced peritonitis, which could be, however, widely avoided by prior filtration of the substance.
  • T MBP - GFP cells The activation levels of T MBP - GFP cells within the target organ were markedly decreased.
  • Quantitative PCR analysis of spinal cord tissue 4 days after T cell transfer showed a significant reduction of cytokine production after BZ 194 treatment as indicated by decrease of IL-2, IFN ⁇ (Fig. 21A,C), TNF ⁇ , and IL-2 receptor mRNA (not shown) in relation to housekeeping gene ⁇ actin as well as CD3 (Fig. 21B 5 D). Consecutively, the recruitment of T cells, B cells, macrophages and dendritic cells into the CNS after BZl 94 treatment was clearly diminished.
  • Nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NAADP + ) is an essential regulator of T-lymphocyte Ca 2+ -signalling, J. Cell. BioL 150, 581-588 (2000).
  • T-lymphocytes BZ52 and BZl 94 analogues of NAADP mimicking the nicotinic acid headgroup, efficiently inhibited NAADP-mediated Ca 2+ signalling, TCR/CD3- induced Ca 2+ signalling and proliferation. Furthermore, a substantial therapeutic effect was observed in the multiple sclerosis model of transfer-EAE in the Lewis rat.
  • Optimizing the pharmacological lead BZ 194 can consist of several rounds each comprised of (i) chemical synthesis of derivatives of BZ 194, (ii) analysis of the effects of the new analogs towards Ca 2+ signalling induced by NAADP or induced by TCR/CD3 ligation in vitro, (iii) analysis of the effects of the new analogs towards proliferation and cytokine expression induced by MBP in vitro, (iv) motility assays in vitro and in vivo, and (v) analysis of the effects of the new analogs towards their therapeutic potential in the transfer-EAE model in Lewis rats in vivo.
  • BZ194-type compounds appear to reside in their antagonistic properties of NAADP induced Ca 2+ release.
  • In vitro we have shown this using cultured encephalitogenic T cells stimulated by ligation of the TCR/CD3 complex using antibodies.
  • a more complex interaction is observed in vivo when T cells are activated by antigen-presenting cells via complex cell-cell interactions. These include, in addition to the MHC-II/antigenic peptide/TCR interaction, also co-stimulatory signalling events which cannot be mimicked sufficiently precisely by just adding specific antibodies.
  • the complex cell-cell interactions of antigen-presenting cells and encephalitogenic T cells can be mimicked in vitro in confocal Ca 2+ imaging experiments and the effect of BZ 194 (or an optimized version thereof) on Ca 2+ signalling in T cells observed under these conditions can be analysed.
  • Live imaging of Ca 2+ signalling events in living CNS tissue and spleen can also be acheived, e.g. by injection of Ca 2+ fluorochrome-loaded T cells in CNS-slices or intravenously in the presence or absence of NAADP antagonist.
  • BZ194-type compounds may also interfere with metabolism of NAADP, e.g. blockade of NAADP formation, these effects can be studied in vitro.
  • the main findings are: (i) an important involvement of the nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NAADP)/Ca 2+ signalling pathway in (re)-activation of encephalitogenic T cells, (ii) development and characterization of a new class of immunosuppressive NAADP antagonists, (iii) establishment of intravital imaging technologies which allows to visualize the effect of Ca 2+ pathway antagonists on T cell motility and function, and (iv) a pivotal role of the adenosine diphosphoribose (ADPR)/TRPM2/Ca 2+ signalling pathway in induction of apoptosis of T cells.
  • ADPR adenosine diphosphoribose
  • NAADP antagonist BZ 194 can be performed by repeated cycles of chemical derivatization, followed by in vitro screening, detailed in vitro characterization, and finally in in-depth testing of selected compounds both in vitro and in vivo in the multiple sclerosis model of transfer experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (transfer- EAE) in rats.
  • BZ194-type NAADP antagonists In depth-analysis of the immunosuppressive effects of BZ194-type NAADP antagonists includes confocal calcium imaging of antigen-presenting cell - T cell interactions both in vitro and in vivo by 2-photon intravital microscopy. Furthermore, potential additional effects of NAADP antagonists, e.g. effects on NAADP metabolism or effects on transcription of unrelated genes, will be studied by HPLC methods and microarrays, respectively.
  • Rl comprises a carbonyl group
  • R2 is a hydrocarbyl group
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells such as T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • T-cells and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • T-cells and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
  • R2 is a hydrocarbyl group comprising a carbonyl group.
  • R2 is a hydrocarbyl group comprising an amide group.
  • R2 is CH 2 C(O)NH 2 .
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined in any of the preceding paragraphs or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • composition according to paragraph 9 wherein said composition comprises one or more additional pharmaceutically active compounds.
  • a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided.
  • a medicament comprising a compound according to any of paragraphs 1-8.
  • An assay method for identifying an agent that modulates intracellular calcium release comprising the steps of:
  • a difference between (i) the level of intracellular calcium release in the presence of the agent; and (ii) the level of intracellular calcium release in the absence of the agent is indicative of an agent that modulates intracellular calcium release and may be useful in one or more of:
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells such as T-cells
  • other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • T-cells and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
  • An assay method comprising the steps of: (a) performing the assay method according to any of paragraphs 14-17;
  • a method comprising the steps of:
  • a method of treating and/or preventing a disease in a human or animal patient in need of same comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a compound as defined in any of paragraphs 1-8 or 11-12, a composition according to paragraphs 9 or 10, or a medicament according to paragraph 13.
  • a process of preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing one or more of the compounds defined in any of paragraphs 1-8 or 11-12 with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or carrier.
  • a pharmaceutical pack comprising one or more compartments, wherein at least one compartment comprises one or more of the compounds defined in any of paragraphs 1-8 or 11-12 , a composition according to paragraphs 9 or 10, or a medicament according to paragraph 13.
  • a container comprising a compound according to any of paragraphs 1-8 or 11-12, a composition according to paragraphs 9 or 10, or a medicament according to paragraph 13, wherein said container is labelled for use in one or more of:
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells such as T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • T-cells T-cells
  • phagocytes phagocytes
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • T-cells and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells such as T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • T-cells T-cells
  • phagocytes phagocytes
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • T-cells and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
  • said compound is cell permeable; wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500; wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • immune cells such as T-cells
  • haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • T-cells T-cells
  • phagocytes phagocytes
  • pancreatic cells e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells
  • T-cells and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
  • said compound is cell permeable
  • said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500;
  • said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
  • said compound is cell permeable
  • said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500;
  • said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
  • Rl and R2 are ring substituents
  • Rl and R2 are as defined for compound of formula (I);
  • said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500;
  • said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
  • Rl and R2 are ring substituents
  • Rl and R2 are as defined for compound of formula (I);

Abstract

The present invention relates to the use of a compound of formula (1) wherein: R1 comprises a carbonyl group and R2 is a hydrocarbyl group; optionally wherein said ring is further substituted; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of: modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate; modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells; treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes; treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate; treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, and T-cells by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.

Description

THERAPEUTICS
Reference is made to PCT application PCT/GB2004/005109 having a filing date of 6 December 2004 and a priority date of 5 December 2003 from GB patent application GB0328314.0 - wherein said PCT designated all contracting states including the USA. PCT/GB2004/005109 and GB0328314.0 are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
Reference is also made to US patent application USSN 60/691,028 having a filing date of 15 June 2005 and is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
Reference is also made to US patent application USSN 60/800,619 having a filing date of 15 May 2006 and is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
Reference is also made to US patent application USSN 11/422,010 having a filing date of 2 June 2006 and is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
It is noted that in this disclosure, terms such as "comprises", "comprised", "comprising", "contains", "containing" and the like can have the meaning attributed to them in U.S. Patent law; e.g., they can mean "includes", "included", "including" and the like. Terms such as "consisting essentially of and "consists essentially of " have the meaning attributed to them in U.S. Patent law, e.g., they allow for the inclusion of additional ingredients or steps that do not detract from the novel or basic characteristics of the invention, i.e., they exclude additional unrecited ingredients or steps that detract from novel or basic characteristics of the invention, and they exclude ingredients or steps of the prior art, such as documents in the art that are cited herein or are incorporated by reference herein, especially as it is a goal of this document to define embodiments that are patentable, e.g., novel, nonobvious, inventive, over the prior art, e.g., over documents cited herein or incorporated by reference herein. And, the terms "consists of and "consisting of have the meaning ascribed to them in U.S. Patent law; namely, that these terms are closed ended. FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to therapeutics.
In particular, but not exclusively, the present invention relates to therapeutics - such as compounds and compositions - for modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate; modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells; treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes; treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate; and/or treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
BACKGROUND TO THE INVENTION
Calcium plays a pivotal role within the cell from initial fertilisation of an egg, through every day functions, to cell death. Exactly how calcium exerts such remarkable specificity is the subject of intense study.
Inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate (IP3) and cADP-ribose (cADPr) are well-accepted as mediators of Ca2+ release from intracellular stores. However, the role of a third putative Ca2+- mobilizing molecule, nicotinic acid-adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NAADP), has until recently been more controversial.
Of all the Ca + mobilising molecules considered as intracellular messengers, NAADP is the most potent. Typically, nanomolar concentrations in the cytoplasm lead to the release of Ca2+ from intracellular stores. By way of example, evidence in the sea urchin egg has been obtained to show that the major NAADP-sensitive Ca2+-pool is non-endoplasmic reticular in nature.
NAADP was first discovered as a contaminant in NADP that has Ca2+-releasing activity on sea urchin egg microsomes. Synthesis of NAADP involves a modification of the enzymatic reaction, resulting in the exchange of nicotinamide for nicotinic acid on the unphosphorylated ribose ring of NADP. The latter mechanism is favoured at low pHs such as those pertaining in an endosomal compartments where CD38 may reside during recycling from the cell surface. Replacement of an uncharged amide in NADP for a negatively charge carboxyl function in NAADP confers on the latter a potent (nanomolar affinity) capacity to mobilise Ca2+ from responsive stores.
NAADP mobilises intracellular Ca2+ stores in several cell types. For example, NAADP mobilises Ca + in a number of systems from higher organisms, including mammalian T- lymphocytes, pancreatic , kidney and heart cells. The pancreatic acinar cells were the first reported, where NAADP was found to be responsible for initiating the cholecystokinin- induced Ca2+ signals. Likewise, in pancreatic β-cells, NAADP-sensitive Ca2+ stores also play important roles in mediating Ca2+ signalling activated by insulin and glucose.
It is also known that NAADP+ specifically and dose-dependently stimulates Ca2+ signalling in human T cells (WO 02/11736).
Evidence suggests that NAADP activates intracellular Ca2+ channels distinct from those that are sensitive to inositol trisphosphate and ryanodine/cyclic ADP-ribose. Recent studies in intact cells have demonstrated functional coupling between Ca2+ release pathways mediated by NAADP, inositol trisphosphate and cyclic ADP-ribose. Thus, NAADP is an important determinant in shaping cytosolic Ca2+ signals.
A specific binding site for NAADP has been identified in sea urchin egg preparations (J. Biol. Chem (1996) 271 8531-8516; Biochem J. (2000) 352, 725-729) and evidence that this binding site is related to NAADP induced Ca2+ mobilisation has also been obtained. The role of NAADP receptors in the co-ordination of calcium signalling has been reviewed in Trends Biochem Sd.(200l) 26(8):482-9 and Cell Calcium (2002) 32(5-6):343-54.
Despite the importance of NAADP as a Ca2+-mobilizing molecule, there are at present no small molecules that selectively affect the NAADP binding site. Consequently there are no examples of any compounds that exploit such activity as therapeutic agents.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is based in part upon the development of chemical entities that modulate the release of intracellular calcium from a specific store controlled by NAADP. Typically, these molecules are small molecules with a RMM of <500 and are cell permeable. Advantageously, these and related compounds may find application as novel therapeutic agents and as probes for biological assays.
These molecules will help to solve the technical problems associated with further characterisation of this biological pathway by providing readily available small chemical tools. To date, no cell permeable molecules have been available to scientists working in the field and this has hampered biological studies.
Aspects and embodiments of the present invention are presented in the accompanying claims and in the following description and discussion. These aspects are presented under separate section headings. However, it is to be understood that the teachings under each section heading are not necessarily limited to that particular section heading.
ASPECTS OF THE INVENTION
Aspects of the present invention include:
The use of a compound of formula (I):
Figure imgf000006_0001
(I)
wherein:
Rl comprises a carbonyl group R2 is a hydrocarbyl group; optionally wherein said ring is further substituted; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
Examples of optional ring substituents (sometimes referred to as R3) include one or more H, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g. Cl-15 aryl), C 1-20 alkyl, X (e.g. F, Cl, Br, I), OY, NYn (n = 1 , 2, or 3), SY, COY, wherein Y is H, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g. Cl -15 aryl), C 1-20 alkyl. Thus, in the formulae presented in the claims, R3 represents one or more substituents, the or each substituent being independently selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, C 1-20 alkyl, F, Cl, Br, I, OY, NYn (n = 1, 2, or 3), SY, COY, CONYz (z = 2), C(O)OY, wherein the or each Y is independently selected from H, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and a C 1-20 alkyl group. R3 may be selected from one or more H, Cl -15 aryl, Cl -20 alkyl, X (e.g. F, Cl, Br, I), OY, NYn (n = 1, 2, or 3), SY, COY, wherein Y is H, Cl -15 aryl, C 1-20 alkyl.
The optional ring substituents, R3, may comprise a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. A substituted aryl group comprises one or more independently selected substituents on an aryl ring system, hi particular, the substituted aryl group may comprise one or more hydroxy; alkyl, especially lower (C1-C6) alkyl (e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n- butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and other pentyl isomers, and n-hexyl and other hexyl isomers); alkoxy, especially lower (C1-C6) alkoxy (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy etc.); alkinyl (e.g. ethinyl); or halogen (e.g. fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo) substituents. Preferably the aryl ring system is a C3 -C 15 aryl ring system. Preferably the aryl ring system is a C6- Cl 5 aryl ring system.
A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient. A compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined herein for use in medicine.
A compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
A medicament comprising a compound as defined herein.
An assay method for identifying an agent that modulates intracellular calcium release comprising the steps of: (a) providing an agent;
(b) providing an NAADP receptor;
(c) contacting said agent with an NAADP receptor; and
(d) measuring the level of intracellular calcium release; wherein a difference between (i) the level of intracellular calcium release in the presence of the agent; and (ii) the level of intracellular calcium release in the absence of the agent is indicative of an agent that modulates intracellular calcium release and may be useful in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate;
modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells;
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes;
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate; and treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
An assay method comprising the steps of:
(a) performing the assay method as defined herein;
(b) identifying one or more agents capable of modulating intracellular calcium release; and
(c) preparing a quantity of those one or more identified agents.
A method comprising the steps of:
(a) performing the assay method as defined herein;
(b) identifying one or more agents capable of modulating intracellular calcium release; and (c) preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising those one or more identified agents.
An agent identifiable, preferably, identified by the assay method as defined herein.
A pharmaceutical composition prepared by the method as defined herein.
A method of treating and/or preventing a disease in a human or animal patient in need of same which method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a compound as defined herein, a composition as defined herein, or a medicament as defined herein.
A process of preparing a pharmaceutical composition, said process comprising admixing one or more of the compounds as defined herein with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or carrier.
A pharmaceutical pack comprising one or more compartments, wherein at least one compartment comprises one or more of the compounds as defined herein, a composition as defined herein, or a medicament as defined herein. A container comprising a compound as defined herein, a composition as defined herein, or a medicament as defined herein, wherein said container is labelled for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
The use of a compound of formula (I) in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of: modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar cells)and T-cells by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
wherein said compound is cell permeable; wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500; wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula (II):
Figure imgf000011_0001
(H) In a further aspect, said compound, that is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, has the formula (A):
Figure imgf000012_0001
(A) wherein Rl and R2 are ring substituents; wherein Rl and R2 are as defined for compound of formula (I); and wherein R3 is as defined herein. In addition to compounds of formula (A), the present invention also relates to pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
SOME PREFERRED ASPECTS OF THE INVENTION
Preferably, said compound is cell permeable.
Preferably, said compound has a relative molecular mass (RMM) of less than about 500.
Preferably, Rl is -C(O)R4 wherein R4 is -OH, -O-hydrocarbyl, or -O-N(R5)(R6); wherein each of R5 and R6 is independently selected from H or a hydrocarbyl.
Preferably, Rl is a hydrocarbyl group comprising a carbonyl group, or COOH.
Preferably, R2 is hydrocarbyl, hydrocarbyl-N, hydrocarbyl-N(R7)(R8), or hydrocarbyl- C(O)-N(R9)(R10); wherein each of R7, R8, R9 and RlO is independently selected from H or a hydrocarbyl.
Preferably, R2 is a hydrocarbyl group comprising a carbonyl group. Preferably, R2 is a hydrocarbyl group comprising an amide group.
Preferably, R2 is a group comprising — hydrocarbyl-C(O)N(H or hydrocarbyl)(H or hydrocarbyl).
Preferably, R2 is a group comprising - CH2C(O) O)N(H or hydrocarbyl)(H or hydrocarbyl).
Preferably, R2 is a group comprising - CH2C(O)NH2.
Preferably, said compound is a mimetic of nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula (II):
Figure imgf000013_0001
(H)
Preferably, the present invention relates to the use of said compounds in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of treating an autoimmune disease (such as thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rhematoid arthritis or lupus erythematosis) or graft rejection, or Type II diabetes, or cardiac arrhythmia, or treating or preventing an immune disorder in a human or animal. Preferably, the present invention relates to the use of said compounds in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of treating thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rhematoid arthritis, lupus erythematosus, graft rejection, Type II diabetes or cardiac arrhythmia.
SOME ADDITIONAL ASPECTS OF THE COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION
The ring structure of the compound of formula (1) may be further substituted - such as with another hydrocarbyl group. By way of example, such substituents may be a halo group and/or a hydrocarbyl group.
SOME EXEMPLARY COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION
Exemplary compounds of the present invention include the following (which are shown as salt forms - however the non-salt forms are also covered as well as other salt forms):
Figure imgf000014_0001
Figure imgf000015_0001
Figure imgf000016_0001
Figure imgf000017_0001
 ADVANTAGES
The present invention has a number of advantages. These advantages will be apparent in the following description.
By way of example, the present invention is advantageous since it provides commercially useful compounds, compositions and methods.
By way of example, the present invention is advantageous since it provides commercially useful compounds, compositions and methods that selectively affect the NAADP binding site.
By way of example, the present invention is advantageous since it provides commercially useful compounds, compositions that may be used as therapeutic agents.
DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Figure 1 [32P]NAADP binding to 0.5% sea urchin egg homogenate.
Competitive CMA008 (l-Carbamoylmethyl-S-carboxy-pyridinium iodide) displacement of [32P]NAADP (0.2nM). Samples diluted in GIuIM (intracellular medium), pre-incubated with indicated concentration of CMA008 for lOminutes, then 0.2nM [32P]NAADP added and incubated at room temperature for a further 15mins. Samples filtered through Whatman GF/B filters to separate bound and free [32P]NAADP ligand. Non specific binding is defined by incubation of the homogenate in the presence of 10μM NAADP. n-2. Data expressed as a fraction of total binding. The inset in Figure 1 shows that adding nicotinic acid (up to ImM) was without effect on [32P]NAADP binding to egg membranes. Figure 2
CMA008 (l-Carbamoylmethyl-3-carboxy-pyridiriium iodide) inhibits NAADP-mediated calcium release in sea urchin egg homogenate.
Samples diluted to 2.5% in GIuIM in the presence of regenerating system and kept at 170C with agitation for 3 hours to facilitate calcium uptake into stores. Calcium release was determined by measuring increase in Fluo-3 fluorescence at 526nm. Data expressed as % of 25OnM NAADP calcium release in the absence of CMA008 (l-Carbamoylmethyl-3- carboxy-pyridinium iodide). CMA008 inhibits NAADP calcium mobilisation with an IC50= 15.13μM. CMAOO 8 has no effect on the total calcium mobilisation by IP3 or cADPR (insert) indicating the selectivity of this compound on the NAADP-sensitive release mechanism.
Figure 3 Effects of CMA008 (l-Carbamoymiethyl-3-carboxy-pyridinium iodide) on the competition of [32P]NAADP in the presence of increasing concentrations of unlabelled NAADP.
2.5% sea urchin egg homogenate was diluted into GIuEM pre-incubated with indicated concentration of CMA008 for lOminutes at room temperature (A=IOOnM, B=InM, C=I OμM). Subsequently, [32P]NAADP was added and samples incubated for a further 15minutes at room temperature. Samples were filtered through Whatman GF/B filters to separate bound and free [32P]NAADP ligand. CMA008 reduces the Bmax from 68.65% ± 2.7 total specific binding in the absence of CMA008 to 46.28% ± 2.61 in the presence of lOμM CMA008. InM and 10OnM CMA008 had no effect on the Bmax. There is no effect on the IC50 for NAADP at any of the tested concentrations, n is between 2 and 6 for each point.
Figure 4
Effect of CMA008 (l-Carbamoylmethyl-3-carboxy-pyridinium iodide) on CCK-induced oscillations of Ca2+ in pancreatic acinar cells
Pancreatic acinar cells were seeded onto poly-lysine-coated number 1 glass coverslips and loaded by incubating cells with 1-5 μM fura-2 acetoxymethylester (Molecular Probes; Leiden, Holland) for 60 min at room temperature. After the loading period, cells were subsequently washed and maintained in buffer at room temperature and used immediately. Cells were excited alternately with 340 and 380 nm light (emission 510 nm), and ratio image of clusters were recorded every 4-5 s, using a 12-bit CCD camera (MicroMax; Princeton Instruments, NJ). All experiment were conducted at room temperature. CMAOO 8 (l-Carbamoyhnethyl-3-carboxy-pyridinium iodide) is dissolved in 50%DMSO. Final concentration of DMSO is 0.5% in the solution (composition in mM:140 NaCl, 4.7 KCl, 1 CaC12, 1.13 MgC12, 10 HEPES, 10 Glucose, pH adjusted to 7.2)
Figure 5
HPLC of the pyridinium salts.
Figure 6
Abolition of calcium release in response to uncaging of caged NAADP in intact sea urchin eggs (loaded with the calcium reporter dye calcium green dextran) with external application of CMA008.
Sea urchin eggs were microinjected with a solution containing the calcium reporter dye, calcium green dextran, together with caged NAADP. Fluorescence was then imaged on a Leica confocal microscope using an excitation wavelength of 488 nm. In the control egg [see Figure 6 A] a brief UV flash photolysed a proportion of the caged NAADP and evoked a large calcium transient. However, when eggs were incubated with sea water containing CMA008 (10 mM) [see Figure 6 B], liberation of NAADP by photolysis failed to induce and calcium release. This indicates that CMA008 permeates the cell membrane and inhibits NAADP-induced calcium release.
Figure 7
Cholecystokinin (CCK)-evoked calcium oscillations (dependent on NAADP signalling) in isolated mouse pancreatic cells are inhibited or reduced by external application of CM008.
Traces show the Ca2+ dye fluorescence. Pancreatic acinar cells were isolated from mice and dispersed by collagenase treatment. Cells were incubated with fura-2 AM for 30 min and washed before being imaged on a Metafluor system. The cells were alternately excited at 340/380 nm and emitted light collected at around 510 nm. The ratio of the intensities of emitted light at the two excitation wavelengths were calculated, converted to free calcium concentrations, and plotted again time.
In Figure 7 A, the peptide cholecystokinin (CCK; 5 pM) was added to the cells and resulted in a robust series of calcium spikes in the continued presence of the agonist. However, when CMA008 (1 mM) was added to the bathing solution (i.e. post-CCK addition), it resulted in the inhibition of CCK-evoked calcium spiking. In Figure 7 B, the CMA008 (1 mM) was added first to the medium (i.e. pre-CCK addition) with no apparent effect on resting calcium levels. However, now on application of CCK, a much smaller response to CCK was seen, with a greatly reduced frequency. Since it has been shown that NAADP is a critical messenger for CCK-mediated calcium signalling, it appears that CMA008 is able to enter pancreatic acinar cells where it may block NAADP-evoked calcium release.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
SUBSTITUENTS
The compounds of the present invention may have substituents other than those of the ring systems shown herein. Furthermore the ring systems herein are given as general formulae and should be interpreted as such. The absence of any specifically shown substituents on a given ring member indicates that the ring member may be substituted with any moiety of which H is only one example. The ring system may contain one or more degrees of unsaturation, for example in some aspects one or more rings of the ring system is aromatic. The ring system may be carbocyclic or may contain one or more hetero atoms.
Preferably, the compounds of the present invention have the structures shown herein.
The compound of the invention, in particular the ring system compound of the present invention may contain substituents other than those shown herein. By way of example, these other substituents may be one or more of: one or more halo groups, one or more O groups, one or more hydroxy groups, one or more amino groups, one or more sulphur containing group(s), one or more hydrocarbyl group(s) - such as an oxyhydrocarbyl group.
In general terms the ring system of the present compounds may contain a variety of non- interfering substituents. In particular, the ring system may contain one or more hydroxy, alkyl especially lower (C1-C6) alkyl, e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec- butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and other pentyl isomers, and n-hexyl and other hexyl isomers, alkoxy especially lower (C1-C6) alkoxy, e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy etc., alkinyl, e.g. ethinyl, or halogen, e.g. fluoro substituents.
COMPOUND
The term "compound" is intended to encompass isomeric forms (such as stereoisomers and/or geometric and/or optical isomers, and mixtures thereof), chemical derivatives, mimetics, solvates and salts of the compounds.
HYDROCARBYL
In the context of the present invention, the term "hydrocarbyl group" as used herein means a group comprising at least C and H and may optionally comprise one or more other suitable substituents. Examples of such substituents may include halo, alkoxy, nitro, an alkyl group, a cyclic group etc. In addition to the possibility of the substituents being a cyclic group, a combination of substituents may form a cyclic group. If the hydrocarbyl group comprises more than one C then those carbons need not necessarily be linked to each other. For example, at least two of the carbons may be linked via a suitable element or group. Thus, the hydrocarbyl group may contain hetero atoms. Suitable hetero atoms will be apparent to those skilled in the art and include, for instance, sulphur, nitrogen and oxygen. A non-limiting example of a hydrocarbyl group is an acyl group.
A typical hydrocarbyl group is a hydrocarbon group. Here the term "hydrocarbon" means any one of an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, which groups may be linear, branched or cyclic, or an aryl group. The term hydrocarbon also includes those groups but wherein they have been optionally substituted. If the hydrocarbon is a branched structure having substituent(s) thereon, then the substitution may be on either the hydrocarbon backbone or on the branch; alternatively the substitutions may be on the hydrocarbon backbone and on the branch.
In some aspects of the present invention, one or more hydrocarbyl groups is independently selected from optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted haloalkyl group, aryl group, alkylaryl group, alkylarylalkyl group, and an alkene group.
In some aspects of the present invention, one or more hydrocarbyl groups is independently selected from C1-C10 alkyl group, such as C1-C6 alkyl group, and C1-C3 alkyl group. Typical alkyl groups include C1 alkyl, C2 alkyl, C3 alkyl, C4 alkyl, C5 alkyl, C7 alkyl, and C8 alkyl.
For some aspects, preferably, the hydrocarbyl group comprises a carbonyl group. More preferably, the carbonyl group has the formula COOH.
For some aspects, preferably, the hydrocarbyl group comprises an amide group. More preferably, the amide group has the formula CH2C(O)NH2.
More preferably, the R2 group of the compound of Formula (I) is a hydrocarbyl group comprising an amide group.
More preferably, the Rl group of the compound of Formula (I) is a hydrocarbyl group comprising a carbonyl group.
Most preferably, the R2 group of the compound of Formula (I) is a hydrocarbyl group comprising an amide group of the formula CH2C(O)NH2.
Most preferably, the Rl group of the compound of Formula (I) is a hydrocarbyl group comprising a carbonyl group of the formula COOH. In some aspects of the present invention, one or more hydrocarbyl groups may be independently selected from one or more oxyhydrocarbyl groups.
OXYHYDROCARBYL
The term "oxyhydrocarbyl" group as used herein means a group comprising at least C, H and O and may optionally comprise one or more other suitable substituents. Examples of such substituents may include halo-, alkoxy-, nitro-, an alkyl group, a cyclic group etc. In addition to the possibility of the substituents being a cyclic group, a combination of substituents may form a cyclic group. If the oxyhydrocarbyl group comprises more than one C then those carbons need not necessarily be linked to each other. For example, at least two of the carbons may be linked via a suitable element or group. Thus, the oxyhydrocarbyl group may contain hetero atoms. Suitable hetero atoms will be apparent to those skilled in the art and include, for instance, sulphur and nitrogen.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the oxyhydrocarbyl group is a oxyhydrocarbon group.
Here the term "oxyhydrocarbon" means any one of an alkoxy group, an oxyalkenyl group, an oxyalkynyl group, which groups may be linear, branched or cyclic, or an oxyaryl group. The term oxyhydrocarbon also includes those groups but wherein they have been optionally substituted. If the oxyhydrocarbon is a branched structure having substituent(s) thereon, then the substitution may be on either the hydrocarbon backbone or on the branch; alternatively the substitutions may be on the hydrocarbon backbone and on the branch.
STEREO AND GEOMETRIC ISOMERS
Some of the compounds/agents of the present invention may exist as stereoisomers and/or geometric isomers - e.g. they may possess one or more asymmetric and/or geometric centres and so may exist in two or more stereoisomeric and/or geometric forms. The present invention contemplates the use of all of the individual stereoisomers and geometric isomers of those compounds, and mixtures thereof. The terms used in the claims encompass these forms, provided said forms retain the appropriate functional activity (though not necessarily to the same degree).
SOLVATES
The present invention also includes the use of solvate forms of the compounds/agents of the present invention. The terms used in the claims encompass these forms.
PRO-DRUG
As indicated, the present invention also includes the use of pro-drug forms of the compounds/agents of the present invention. The terms used in the claims encompass these forms. Examples of prodrugs include entities that have certain protected group(s) and which may not possess pharmacological activity as such, but may, in certain instances, be administered (such as orally or parenterally) and thereafter metabolised in the body to form the compounds of the present invention which are pharmacologically active.
It will be further appreciated that certain moieties known as "pro-moieties", for example as described in "Design of Prodrugs" by H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985 (the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference), may be placed on appropriate functionalities of the compounds. Such prodrugs are also included within the scope of the invention.
An example of a prodrug according to the present invention is:
Figure imgf000025_0001
This prodrug requires light for activation. MIMETIC
In one embodiment of the present invention, the compound/agent may be a mimetic.
As used herein, the term "mimetic" relates to any chemical which includes, but is not limited to, a peptide, polypeptide, antibody or other organic chemical which has the same qualitative activity or effect as a reference agent.
In a preferred embodiment, the compound is a mimetic of nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula (II)
CHEMICAL DERIVATIVE
In one embodiment of the present invention, the compound/agent may be a derivative.
The term "derivative" as used herein includes chemical modification of a compound/agent. Illustrative of such chemical modifications would be replacement of hydrogen by a halo group, an alkyl group, an acyl group or an amino group.
CHEMICAL MODIFICATION
In one embodiment of the present invention, the compound/agent may be a chemically modified compound/agent.
The chemical modification of a compound/agent may either enhance or reduce hydrogen bonding interaction, charge interaction, hydrophobic interaction, van der Waals interaction or dipole interaction between the agent and the target.
GENERAL ASSAY TECHNIQUES
In one aspect, the identified compounds/agents according to the present invention may act as a model (for example, a template) for the development of other compounds. The compounds/agents employed in such a test may be free in solution, affixed to a solid support, bome on a cell surface, or located intracellularly. The abolition of activity or the formation of binding complexes between the compound and the agent being tested may be measured.
The assay of the present invention may be a screen, whereby a number of agents are tested. In one aspect, the assay method of the present invention is a high through put screen.
Techniques for drug screening may be based on the method described in Geysen, European Patent Application 84/03564, published on September 13, 1984. In summary, large numbers of different small peptide test compounds are synthesised on a solid substrate, such as plastic pins or some other surface. The peptide test compounds are reacted with a suitable compound or fragment thereof and washed. Bound entities are then detected - such as by appropriately adapting methods well known in the art. A purified compound can also be coated directly onto plates for use in a drug screening techniques. Alternatively, non-neutralising antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilise it on a solid support.
This invention also contemplates the use of competitive drug screening assays in which neutralising antibodies capable of binding a compound/agent specifically compete with a test compound for binding to a compound according to the present invention.
Another technique for screening provides for high throughput screening (HTS) of compounds/agents having suitable binding affinity to the substances and is based upon the method described in detail in WO 84/03564.
It is expected that the assay methods of the present invention will be suitable for both small and large-scale screening of test compounds as well as in quantitative assays.
HOST CELLS
The term "host cell" - in relation to the present invention includes any cell that could comprise the target - such as the NAADP receptor - for the compound/agent of the present invention. Thus, host cells may be transformed or transfected with a polynucleotide that is or expresses the target of the present invention. Preferably said polynucleotide is carried in a vector for the replication and expression of polynucleotides that are to be the target or are to express the target. The cells will be chosen to be compatible with the said vector and may for example be prokaryotic (for example bacterial), fungal, yeast or plant cells.
The gram negative bacterium E. coli is widely used as a host for heterologous gene expression. However, large amounts of heterologous protein tend to accumulate inside the cell. Subsequent purification of the desired protein from the bulk of E. coli intracellular proteins can sometimes be difficult.
hi contrast to E. coli, bacteria from the genus Bacillus are very suitable as heterologous hosts because of their capability to secrete proteins into the culture medium. Other bacteria suitable as hosts are those from the genera Streptomyces and Pseudomonas.
Depending on the nature of the polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide of the present invention, and/or the desirability for further processing of the expressed protein, eukaryotic hosts such as yeasts or other fungi may be preferred. In general, yeast cells are preferred over fungal cells because they are easier to manipulate. However, some proteins are either poorly secreted from the yeast cell, or in some cases are not processed properly (e.g. hyperglycosylation in yeast). In these instances, a different fungal host organism should be selected.
Examples of suitable expression hosts within the scope of the present invention are fungi such as Aspergillus species (such as those described in EP-A-Ol 84438 and EP-A-0284603) and Trichoderma species; bacteria such as Bacillus species (such as those described in EP- A-0134048 and EP-A-0253455), Streptomyces species and Pseudomonas species; and yeasts such as Kluyveromyces species (such as those described in EP-A-0096430 and EP- A-0301670) and Saccharomyces species. By way of example, typical expression hosts may be selected from Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus niger var. tubigenis, Aspergillus niger var. awamori, Aspergillus aculeatis, Aspergillus nidulans, Aspergillus orvzae, Trichoderma reesei, Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus licheniformis, Bacillus amyloliquefaciens, Kluyveromyces lactis and Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
The use of suitable host cells - such as yeast, fungal and plant host cells - may provide for post-translational modifications (e.g. myristoylation, glycosylation, truncation, lapidation and tyrosine, serine or threonine phosphorylation) as may be needed to confer optimal biological activity on recombinant expression products of the present invention.
ORGANISM
The term "organism" in relation to the present invention includes any organism that could comprise the target according to the present invention and/or products obtained therefrom. Examples of organisms may include a fungus, yeast or a plant.
The term "transgenic organism" in relation to the present invention includes any organism that comprises the target according to the present invention and/or products obtained.
TRANSFORMATION OF HOST CELLS/HOST ORGANISMS
As indicated earlier, the host organism can be a prokaryotic or a eukaryotic organism. Examples of suitable prokaryotic hosts include E. coli and Bacillus subtilis. Teachings on the transformation of prokaryotic hosts is well documented in the art, for example see
Sambrook et al (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd edition, 1989, Cold Spring
Harbor Laboratory Press) and Ausubel et ah, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology
(1995), John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
If a prokaryotic host is used then the nucleotide sequence may need to be suitably modified before transformation - such as by removal of introns.
In another embodiment the transgenic organism can be a yeast. In this regard, yeast have also been widely used as a vehicle for heterologous gene expression. The species Saccharomyces cerevisiae has a long history of industrial use, including its use for heterologous gene expression. Expression of heterologous genes in Saccharomyces cerevisiae has been reviewed by Goodey et al (1987, Yeast Biotechnology, D R Berry et al, eds, pp 401-429, Allen and Unwin, London) and by King et al (1989, Molecular and Cell Biology of Yeasts, E F Walton and G T Yarronton, eds, pp 107-133, Blackie, Glasgow).
For several reasons Saccharomyces cerevisiae is well suited for heterologous gene expression. First, it is non-pathogenic to humans and it is incapable of producing certain endotoxins. Second, it has a long history of safe use following centuries of commercial exploitation for various purposes. This has led to wide public acceptability. Third, the extensive commercial use and research devoted to the organism has resulted in a wealth of knowledge about the genetics and physiology as well as large-scale fermentation characteristics of Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
A review of the principles of heterologous gene expression in Saccharomyces cerevisiae and secretion of gene products is given by E Hinchcliffe E Kenny (1993, "Yeast as a vehicle for the expression of heterologous genes", Yeasts, VoI 5, Anthony H Rose and J Stuart Harrison, eds, 2nd edition, Academic Press Ltd.).
Several types of yeast vectors are available, including integrative vectors, which require recombination with the host genome for their maintenance, and autonomously replicating plasmid vectors.
In order to prepare the transgenic Saccharomyces, expression constructs are prepared by inserting the nucleotide sequence into a construct designed for expression in yeast. Several types of constructs used for heterologous expression have been developed. The constructs contain a promoter active in yeast fused to the nucleotide sequence, usually a promoter of yeast origin, such as the GALl promoter, is used. Usually a signal sequence of yeast origin, such as the sequence encoding the SUC2 signal peptide, is used. A terminator active in yeast ends the expression system.
For the transformation of yeast several transformation protocols have been developed. For example, a transgenic Saccharomyces according to the present invention can be prepared by following the teachings of Hinnen et al (1978, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the USA 75, 1929); Beggs, J D (1978, Nature, London, 275, 104); and Ito, H et al (1983, J Bacteriology 153, 163-168).
The transformed yeast cells are selected using various selective markers. Among the markers used for transformation are a number of auxotrophic markers such as LEU2, HIS4 and TRPl, and dominant antibiotic resistance markers such as aminoglycoside antibiotic markers, e.g. G418.
Another host organism is a plant. The basic principle in the construction of genetically modified plants is to insert genetic information in the plant genome so as to obtain a stable maintenance of the inserted genetic material. Several techniques exist for inserting the genetic information, the two main principles being direct introduction of the genetic information and introduction of the genetic information by use of a vector system. A review of the general techniques may be found in articles by Potrykus (Annu Rev Plant Physiol Plant MoI Biol [1991] 42:205-225) and Christou (Agro-Food-Industry Hi-Tech March/ April 1994 17-27). Further teachings on plant transformation may be found in EP- A-0449375.
Thus, the present invention also provides a method of transforming a host cell with a nucleotide sequence that is to be the target or is to express the target. Host cells transformed with the nucleotide sequence may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression of the encoded protein. The protein produced by a recombinant cell may be displayed on the surface of the cell. If desired, and as will be understood by those of skill in the art, expression vectors containing coding sequences can be designed with signal sequences which direct secretion of the coding sequences through a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane. Other recombinant constructions may join the coding sequence to nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide domain which will facilitate purification of soluble proteins (Kroll DJ et al (1993) DNA Cell Biol 12:441-53).
EXPRESSION VECTORS
The nucleotide sequence for use as the target or for expressing the target can be incorporated into a recombinant replicable vector. The vector may be used to replicate and express the nucleotide sequence in and/or from a compatible host cell. Expression may be controlled using control sequences which include promoters/enhancers and other expression regulation signals. Prokaryotic promoters and promoters functional in eukaryotic cells may be used. Tissue specific or stimuli specific promoters may be used. Chimeric promoters may also be used comprising sequence elements from two or more different promoters described above.
The protein produced by a host recombinant cell by expression of the nucleotide sequence may be secreted or may be contained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used. The coding sequences can be designed with signal sequences which direct secretion of the substance coding sequences through a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane.
FUSION PROTEINS
The target amino acid sequence may be produced as a fusion protein, for example to aid in extraction and purification. Examples of fusion protein partners include glutathione- S- transferase (GST), 6xHis, GAL4 (DNA binding and/or transcriptional activation domains) and (-galactosidase. It may also be convenient to include a proteolytic cleavage site between the fusion protein partner and the protein sequence of interest to allow removal of fusion protein sequences. Preferably the fusion protein will not hinder the activity of the target.
The fusion protein may comprise an antigen or an antigenic determinant fused to the substance of the present invention. In this embodiment, the fusion protein may be a non- naturally occurring fusion protein comprising a substance which may act as an adjuvant in the sense of providing a generalised stimulation of the immune system. The antigen or antigenic determinant may be attached to either the amino or carboxy terminus of the substance.
In another embodiment of the invention, the amino acid sequence may be ligated to a heterologous sequence to encode a fusion protein. For example, for screening of peptide libraries for agents capable of affecting the substance activity, it may be useful to encode a chimeric substance expressing a heterologous epitope that is recognised by a commercially available antibody.
REPORTERS
A wide variety of reporters may be used in the assay methods (as well as screens) of the present invention with preferred reporters providing conveniently detectable signals (e.g. by spectroscopy). By way of example, a number of companies such as Pharmacia Biotech (Piscataway, NJ), Promega (Madison, WI), and US Biochemical Corp (Cleveland, OH) supply commercial kits and protocols for assay procedures. Suitable reporter molecules or labels include those radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles and the like. Patents teaching the use of such labels include US-A-3817837; US-A-3850752; US- A-3939350; US-A-3996345; US-A-4277437; US-A-4275149 and US-A-4366241.
ASSAY METHOD
In a further aspect, the present invention relates to an assay method for identifying an agent that modulates intracellular calcium release comprising the steps of: (a) providing an agent; (b) providing an NAADP receptor; (c) contacting said agent with an NAADP receptor; and (d) measuring the level of intracellular calcium release; wherein a difference between (i) the level of intracellular calcium release in the presence of the agent; and (ii) the level of intracellular calcium release in the absence of the agent is indicative of an agent that modulates intracellular calcium release and may be useful in one or more of: modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate; modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells; treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes; treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate; and treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
AGENT
As described herein, the assay methods of the present invention may be used to identify one or more agents that modulates intracellular calcium release.
As used herein, the term "agent" may refer to a single entity or a combination of entities.
The agent may be an organic compound or other chemical. The agent may be a compound, which is obtainable from or produced by any suitable source, whether natural or artificial.
The agent may be an amino acid molecule, a polypeptide, or a chemical derivative thereof, or a combination thereof.
The agent may even be a polynucleotide molecule - which may be a sense or an anti-sense molecule.
The agent may even be an antibody or a part or parts thereof.
The agent may be designed or obtained from a library of compounds, which may comprise peptides, as well as other compounds, such as small organic molecules.
By way of example, the agent may be a natural substance, a biological macromolecule, or an extract made from biological materials such as bacteria, fungi, or animal (particularly mammalian) cells or tissues, an organic or an inorganic molecule, a synthetic agent, a semi- synthetic agent, a structural or functional mimetic, a peptide, a peptidomimetics, a derivatised agent, a peptide cleaved from a whole protein, a peptide synthesised synthetically (such as, by way of example, either using a peptide synthesizer or by recombinant techniques) or combinations thereof, a recombinant agent, an antibody, a natural or a non-natural agent, a fusion protein or equivalent thereof and mutants, derivatives or combinations thereof. The agent may be an organic compound. Typically the organic compounds may comprise two or more hydrocarbyl groups. Here, the term "hydrocarbyl group" means a group comprising at least C and H and may optionally comprise one or more other suitable substituents. Examples of such substituents may include halo-, alkoxy-, nitro-, an alkyl group, a cyclic group etc. In addition to the possibility of the substituents being a cyclic group, a combination of substituents may form a cyclic group. If the hydrocarbyl group comprises more than one C then those carbons need not necessarily be linked to each other. For example, at least two of the carbons may be linked via a suitable element or group. Thus, the hydrocarbyl group may contain hetero atoms. Suitable hetero atoms will be apparent to those skilled in the art and include, for instance, sulphur, nitrogen and oxygen. The agent may comprise at least one cyclic group. The cyclic group may be a polycyclic group, such as a non-fused polycyclic group. The agent may comprise at least one of said cyclic groups linked to another hydrocarbyl group.
The agent may contain halo groups.
The agent may contain one or more of alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkylene and alkenylene groups - which may be unbranched- or branched-chain.
The agent may be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt - such as an acid addition salt or a base salt - or a solvate thereof, including a hydrate thereof. For a review on suitable salts see Berge et al, J. Pharm. ScL, 1977, 66, 1-19.
The agent may be capable of displaying other therapeutic properties.
The agent may be used in combination with one or more other pharmaceutically active agents.
In a highly preferred aspect, the agent is cell permeable; has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500; is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000036_0001
(H)
If combinations of active agents are administered, then they may be administered simultaneously, separately or sequentially.
PHARMACEUTICAL SALTS
The compounds and/or agents of the present invention may be administered as pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Typically, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be readily prepared by using a desired acid or base, as appropriate. The salt may precipitate from solution and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent.
Pharmaceutically-acceptable salts are well known to those skilled in the art, and for example include those mentioned by Berge et al, in J.Pharm.Sci. 66, 1-19 (1977). Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts and include the hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulphate, bisulphate, phosphate, hydrogenphosphate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, gluconate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, tartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, fumarate, gluconate, formate, benzoate, methanesulphonate, ethanesulphonate, benzenesulphonate and p-toluenesulphonate salts. When one or more acidic moieties are present, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be formed from bases which form non-toxic salts and include the aluminium, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, zinc, and pharmaceutically- active amines such as diethanolamine, salts.
The compounds and/or agents of the present invention may exist in polymorphic form.
In addition, the compounds and/or agents of the present invention may contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and therefore exists in two or more stereoisomeric forms. Where a compound and/or agent contains an alkenyl or alkenylene group, cis (E) and trans (Z) isomerism may also occur. The present invention includes the individual stereoisomers of the compound and/or agent and, where appropriate, the individual tautomeric forms thereof, together with mixtures thereof.
Separation of diastereoisomers or cis and trans isomers may be achieved by conventional techniques, e.g. by fractional crystallisation, chromatography or H.P.L.C. of a stereoisomeric mixture of the agent or a suitable salt or derivative thereof. An individual enantiomer of the compound and/or agent may also be prepared from a corresponding optically pure intermediate or by resolution, such as by H.P.L.C. of the corresponding racemate using a suitable chiral support or by fractional crystallisation of the diastereoisomeric salts formed by reaction of the corresponding racemate with a suitable optically active acid or base, as appropriate.
The present invention also includes all suitable isotopic variations of the compound and/or agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. An isotopic variation of a compound and/or agent of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is defined as one in which at least one atom is replaced by an atom having the same atomic number but an atomic mass different from the atomic mass usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the compound and/or agent and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulphur, fluorine and chlorine such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 17O, 18O, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F and 36Cl, respectively. Certain isotopic variations of the compound and/or agent and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, for example, those in which a radioactive isotope such as 3H or 14C is incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. Tritiated, i.e., 3H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopic variations of the compound and/or agent of the present invention and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof of this invention can generally be prepared by conventional procedures using appropriate isotopic variations of suitable reagents.
The present invention also includes (wherever appropriate) the use of zwitterionic forms of the compounds and/or agents of the present invention.
The terms used in the claims encompass one or more of the forms just mentioned.
FORMULATION
The component(s) of the present invention may be formulated into a pharmaceutical composition, such as by mixing with one or more of a suitable carrier, diluent or excipient, by using techniques that are known in the art.
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
The present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds and/or agents of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient (including combinations thereof).
The pharmaceutical compositions may be for human or animal usage in human and veterinary medicine and will typically comprise any one or more of a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient. Acceptable carriers or diluents for therapeutic use are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co. (A. R. Gennaro edit. 1985). The choice of pharmaceutical carrier, excipient or diluent can be selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice. The pharmaceutical compositions may comprise as - or in addition to - the carrier, excipient or diluent any suitable binder(s), lubricant(s), suspending agent(s), coating agent(s), solubilising agent(s).
Examples of suitable carriers include lactose, starch, glucose, methyl cellulose, magnesium stearate, mannitol, sorbitol and the like. Examples of suitable diluents include ethanol, glycerol and water.
Examples of suitable binders include starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose, anhydrous lactose, free-flow lactose, beta-lactose, corn sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums, such as acacia, tragacanth or sodium alginate, carboxymethyl cellulose and polyethylene glycol.
Examples of suitable lubricants include sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride and the like.
Preservatives, stabilizers, dyes and even flavoring agents may be provided in the pharmaceutical composition. Examples of preservatives include sodium benzoate, sorbic acid and esters of p-hydroxybenzoic acid. Antioxidants and suspending agents may be also used.
There may be different composition/formulation requirements dependent on the different delivery systems. By way of example, the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may be formulated to be administered using a mini-pump or by a mucosal route, for example, as a nasal spray or aerosol for inhalation or ingestable solution, or parenterally in which the composition is formulated by an injectable form, for delivery, by, for example, an intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous route. Alternatively, the formulation may be designed to be administered by a number of routes.
Where the composition is to be administered mucosally through the gastrointestinal mucosa, it should be able to remain stable during transit though the gastrointestinal tract; for example, it should be resistant to proteolytic degradation, stable at acid pH and resistant to the detergent effects of bile.
Where appropriate, the pharmaceutical compositions can be administered by inhalation, in the form of a suppository or pessary, topically in the form of a lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dusting powder, by use of a skin patch, orally in the form of tablets containing excipients such as starch or lactose, or in capsules or ovules either alone or in admixture with excipients, or in the form of elixirs, solutions or suspensions containing flavouring or colouring agents, or they can be injected parenterally, for example intravenously, intramuscularly or subcutaneously. For parenteral administration, the compositions may be best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which may contain other substances, for example enough salts or monosaccharides to make the solution isotonic with blood. For buccal or sublingual administration the compositions may be administered in the form of tablets or lozenges which can be formulated in a conventional manner.
For some embodiments, one or more compounds and/or agents may also be used in combination with a cyclodextrin. Cyclodextrins are known to form inclusion and non- inclusion complexes with drug molecules. Formation of a drug-cyclodextrin complex may modify the solubility, dissolution rate, bioavailability and/or stability property of a drug molecule. Drug-cyclodextrin complexes are generally useful for most dosage forms and administration routes. As an alternative to direct complexation with the drug the cyclodextrin may be used as an auxiliary additive, e.g. as a carrier, diluent or solubiliser. Alpha-, beta- and gamma-cyclodextrins are most commonly used and suitable examples are described in WO-A-91/11172, WO-A-94/02518 and WO-A-98/55148.
The pharmaceutical composition may comprise one or more additional pharmaceutically active compounds and/or agents.
CHEMICAL SYNTHESIS METHODS
The compounds and/or agents of the invention may be prepared by chemical synthesis techniques. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that sensitive functional groups may need to be protected and deprotected during synthesis of a compound and/or agent of the invention. This may be achieved by conventional techniques, for example as described in "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" by T W Greene and P G M Wuts, John Wiley and Sons Inc. (1991), and by P.J.Kocienski, in "Protecting Groups", Georg Thieme Verlag (1994).
It is possible during some of the reactions that any stereocentres present could, under certain conditions, be epimerised, for example if a base is used in a reaction with a substrate having an having an optical centre comprising a base-sensitive group. It should be possible to circumvent potential problems such as this by choice of reaction sequence, conditions, reagents, protection/deprotection regimes, etc. as is well-known in the art.
The compounds/agents and salts of the invention may be separated and purified by conventional methods.
THERAPY
As with the term "treatment", the term "therapy" includes curative effects, alleviation effects, and prophylactic effects.
Preferably, the term therapy includes at least curative treatment and/or palliative treatment.
The therapy may be on humans or animals.
In one aspect, the present invention relates to the use of compound (I) wherein: Rl comprises a carbonyl group; R2 is a hydrocarbyl group; optionally wherein said ring is further substituted; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease.
COMBINATION PHARMACEUTICAL
The compound/agents of the present invention may be used in combination with one or more other active agents, such as one or more other pharmaceutically active agents. ADMINISTRATION
The components of the present invention may be administered alone but will generally be administered as a pharmaceutical composition - e.g. when the components are is in admixture with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient, diluent or carrier selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice.
For example, the composition can be administered (e.g. orally or topically) in the form of tablets, capsules, ovules, elixirs, solutions or suspensions, which may contain flavouring or colouring agents, for immediate-, delayed-, modified-, sustained-, pulsed- or controlled- release applications.
If the pharmaceutical composition is a tablet, then the tablet may contain excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate and glycine, disintegrants such as starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), sodium starch glycollate, croscarmellose sodium and certain complex silicates, and granulation binders such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), sucrose, gelatin and acacia. Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate and talc may be included.
Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in gelatin capsules. Preferred excipients in this regard include lactose, starch, cellulose, milk sugar or high molecular weight polyethylene glycols. For aqueous suspensions and/or elixirs, the compounds/agents may be combined with various sweetening or flavouring agents, colouring matter or dyes, with emulsifying and/or suspending agents and with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol and glycerin, and combinations thereof.
The routes for administration (delivery) include, but are not limited to, one or more of: oral (e.g. as a tablet, capsule, or as an ingestable solution), topical, mucosal (e.g. as a nasal spray or aerosol for inhalation), nasal, parenteral (e.g. by an injectable form), gastrointestinal, intraspinal, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intravenous, intrauterine, intraocular, intradermal, intracranial, intratracheal, intravaginal, intracerebroventricular, intracerebral, subcutaneous, ophthalmic (including intravitreal or intracameral), transdermal, rectal, buccal, vaginal, epidural, sublingual.
Where the composition comprises more than one compound/agent, it is to be understood that not all of the components of the pharmaceutical need be administered by the same route. Likewise, if the composition comprises more than one active component, then those components may be administered by different routes.
If a component of the present invention is administered parenterally, then examples of such administration include one or more of: intravenously, intra-arterially, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intraventricularly, intraurethrally, intrasternally, intracranially, intramuscularly or subcutaneously administering the component; and/or by using infusion techniques.
For parenteral administration, the component is best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which may contain other substances, for example, enough salts or glucose to make the solution isotonic with blood. The aqueous solutions should be suitably buffered (preferably to a pH of from 3 to 9), if necessary. The preparation of suitable parenteral formulations under sterile conditions is readily accomplished by standard pharmaceutical techniques well-known to those skilled in the art.
As indicated, the component(s) of the present invention can be administered intranasally or by inhalation and is conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurised container, pump, spray or nebuliser with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, a hydro fluoroalkane such as 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane (HFA 134A™) or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane (HFA 227EA™), carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurised aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. The pressurised container, pump, spray or nebuliser may contain a solution or suspension of the active compound, e.g. using a mixture of ethanol and the propellant as the solvent, which may additionally contain a lubricant, e.g. sorbitan trioleate. Capsules and cartridges (made, for example, from gelatin) for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of the agent and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
Alternatively, the component(s) of the present invention can be administered in the form of a suppository or pessary, or it may be applied topically in the form of a gel, hydrogel, lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dusting powder. The component(s) of the present invention may also be dermally or transdermally administered, for example, by the use of a skin patch. They may also be administered by the pulmonary or rectal routes. They may also be administered by the ocular route. For ophthalmic use, the compounds/agents can be formulated as micronised suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted, sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted, sterile saline, optionally in combination with a preservative such as a benzylalkonium chloride. Alternatively, they may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
For application topically to the skin, the component(s) of the present invention can be formulated as a suitable ointment containing the one or more active compounds/agents suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture with one or more of the following: mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, it can be formulated as a suitable lotion or cream, suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture of one or more of the following: mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, a polyethylene glycol, liquid paraffin, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the pharmaceutical composition is administered orally.
DOSE LEVELS
Typically, a physician will determine the actual dosage which will be most suitable for an individual subject. The specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular patient may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific one or more compounds/agents employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound/agent, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity of the particular condition, and the individual undergoing therapy.
The routes of administration and dosages described are intended only as a guide since a skilled practitioner will be able to determine readily the optimum route of administration and dosage for any particular patient depending on, for example, the age, weight and condition of the patient.
OTHER THERAPIES
It is also to be understood that the compounds/agents/compositions of the present invention may have other important medical implications.
For example, the compounds, compositions or agents of the present invention may be useful in the treatment of the disorders listed in WO-A-99/52890.
In addition, or in the alternative, the compounds, compositions or agents of the present invention may be useful in the treatment of the disorders listed in WO-A-98/05635. For ease of reference, part of that list is now provided: diabetes including Type II diabetes, obesity, cancer, inflammation or inflammatory disease, dermatological disorders, fever, cardiovascular effects, haemorrhage, coagulation and acute phase response, cachexia, anorexia, acute infection, HIV infection, shock states, graft-versus-host reactions, autoimmune disease, reperfusion injury, meningitis, migraine and aspirin-dependent anti- thrombosis; tumour growth, invasion and spread, angiogenesis, metastases, malignant, ascites and malignant pleural effusion; cerebral ischaemia, ischaemic heart disease, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoporosis, asthma, multiple sclerosis, neurodegeneration, Alzheimer's disease, atherosclerosis, stroke, vasculitis, Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis; periodontitis, gingivitis; psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, chronic ulcers, epidermolysis bullosa; corneal ulceration, retinopathy and surgical wound healing; rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, eczema, anaphylaxis; restenosis, congestive heart failure, endometriosis, atherosclerosis or endosclerosis. In addition, or in the alternative, the compounds, compositions or agents of the present invention may be useful in the treatment of disorders listed in WO-A-98/07859. For ease of reference, part of that list is now provided: cytokine and cell proliferation/differentiation activity; immunosuppressant or immuno stimulant activity (e.g. for treating immune deficiency, including infection with human immune deficiency virus; regulation of lymphocyte growth; treating cancer and many autoimmune diseases, and to prevent transplant rejection or induce tumour immunity); regulation of haematopoiesis, e.g. treatment of myeloid or lymphoid diseases; promoting growth of bone, cartilage, tendon, ligament and nerve tissue, e.g. for healing wounds, treatment of burns, ulcers and periodontal disease and neurodegeneration; inhibition or activation of follicle- stimulating hormone (modulation of fertility); chemotactic/chemokinetic activity (e.g. for mobilising specific cell types to sites of injury or infection); haemostatic and thrombolytic activity (e.g. for treating haemophilia and stroke); antiinflammatory activity (for treating e.g. septic shock or Crohn's disease); as antimicrobials; modulators of e.g. metabolism or behaviour; as analgesics; treating specific deficiency disorders; in treatment of e.g. psoriasis, in human or veterinary medicine.
In addition, or in the alternative, the composition of the present invention may be useful in the treatment of disorders listed in WO-A-98/09985. For ease of reference, part of that list is now provided: macrophage inhibitory and/or T cell inhibitory activity and thus, antiinflammatory activity; anti-immune activity, i.e. inhibitory effects against a cellular and/or humoral immune response, including a response not associated with inflammation; inhibit the ability of macrophages and T cells to adhere to extracellular matrix components and fibronectin, as well as up-regulated fas receptor expression in T cells; inhibit unwanted immune reaction and inflammation including arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis, inflammation associated with hypersensitivity, allergic reactions, asthma, systemic lupus erythematosus, collagen diseases and other autoimmune diseases, inflammation associated with atherosclerosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerotic heart disease, reperfusion injury, cardiac arrest, myocardial infarction, vascular inflammatory disorders, respiratory distress syndrome or other cardiopulmonary diseases, inflammation associated with peptic ulcer, ulcerative colitis and other diseases of the gastrointestinal tract, hepatic fibrosis, liver cirrhosis or other hepatic diseases, thyroiditis or other glandular diseases, glomerulonephritis or other renal and urologic diseases, otitis or other oto-rhino- laryngological diseases, dermatitis or other dermal diseases, periodontal diseases or other dental diseases, orchitis or epididimo-orchitis, infertility, orchidal trauma or other immune- related testicular diseases, placental dysfunction, placental insufficiency, habitual abortion, eclampsia, pre-eclampsia and other immune and/or inflammatory-related gynaecological diseases, posterior uveitis, intermediate uveitis, anterior uveitis, conjunctivitis, chorioretinitis, uveoretinitis, optic neuritis, intraocular inflammation, e.g. retinitis or cystoid macular oedema, sympathetic ophthalmia, scleritis, retinitis pigmentosa, immune and inflammatory components of degenerative fondus disease, inflammatory components of ocular trauma, ocular inflammation caused by infection, proliferative vitreo- retinopathies, acute ischaemic optic neuropathy, excessive scarring, e.g. following glaucoma filtration operation, immune and/or inflammation reaction against ocular implants and other immune and inflammatory-related ophthalmic diseases, inflammation associated with autoimmune diseases or conditions or disorders where, both in the central nervous system (CNS) or in any other organ, immune and/or inflammation suppression would be beneficial, Parkinson's disease, complication and/or side effects from treatment of Parkinson's disease, AIDS-related dementia complex HIV -related encephalopathy, Devic's disease, Sydenham chorea, Alzheimer's disease and other degenerative diseases, conditions or disorders of the CNS, inflammatory components of stokes, post-polio syndrome, immune and inflammatory components of psychiatric disorders, myelitis, encephalitis, subacute sclerosing pan-encephalitis, encephalomyelitis, acute neuropathy, subacute neuropathy, chronic neuropathy, Guillaim-Barre syndrome, Sydenham chora, myasthenia gravis, pseudo-tumour cerebri, Down's Syndrome, Huntington's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, inflammatory components of CNS compression or CNS trauma or infections of the CNS, inflammatory components of muscular atrophies and dystrophies, and immune and inflammatory related diseases, conditions or disorders of the central and peripheral nervous systems, post-traumatic inflammation, septic shock, infectious diseases, inflammatory complications or side effects of surgery, bone marrow transplantation or other transplantation complications and/or side effects, inflammatory and/or immune complications and side effects of gene therapy, e.g. due to infection with a viral carrier, or inflammation associated with AIDS, to suppress or inhibit a humoral and/or cellular immune response, to treat or ameliorate monocyte or leukocyte proliferative diseases, e.g. leukaemia, by reducing the amount of monocytes or lymphocytes, for the prevention and/or treatment of graft rejection in cases of transplantation of natural or artificial cells, tissue and organs such as cornea, bone marrow, organs, lenses, pacemakers, natural or artificial skin tissue.
In a preferred aspect, the condition or disease is selected from the list consisting of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate;
modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells;
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes;
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate; and
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, T-cells, haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
In a preferred aspect, the condition or disease is selected from the list consisting of:
treating an autoimmune disease (such as thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rhematoid arthritis or lupus erythematosis) or graft rejection, or Type II diabetes, or cardiac arrhythmia, or treating or preventing an immune disorder in a human or animal. GENERAL RECOMBINANT DNA METHODOLOGY TECHNIQUES
The present invention employs, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of chemistry, molecular biology, microbiology, recombinant DNA and immunology, which are within the capabilities of a person of ordinary skill in the art. Such techniques are explained in the literature. See, for example, J. Sambrook, E. F. Fritsch, and T. Maniatis, 1989, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition, Books 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press; Ausubel, F. M. et al. (1995 and periodic supplements; Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, ch. 9, 13, and 16, John Wiley & Sons, New York, N. Y.); B. Roe, J. Crabtree, and A. Kahn, 1996, DNA Isolation and Sequencing: Essential Techniques, John Wiley & Sons; J. M. Polak and James O'D. McGee, 1990, In Situ Hybridization: Principles and Practice; Oxford University Press; M. J. Gait (Editor), 1984, Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach, IrI Press; and, D. M. J. Lilley and J. E. Dahlberg, 1992, Methods of Enzymology: DNA Structure Part A: Synthesis and Physical Analysis of DNA Methods in Enzymology, Academic Press. Each of these general texts is herein incorporated by reference.
The invention will now be further described by way of Examples, which are meant to serve to assist one of ordinary skill in the art in carrying out the invention and are not intended in any way to limit the scope of the invention.
EXAMPLES
Material and Methods
Thin layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on precoated plates (Merck TLC aluminum sheets silica 60 F254) with eluants as indicated. The compounds were detected using a UV lamp at 254nm. Flash chromatography was carried out using Sorbisil c60 silica gel.
1H and 13C NMR spectra were recorded on either a JEOL GX270 or 400 spectrometer. Unless otherwise stated chemical shifts were measured in parts per million (ppm) relative to residual protonated solvent.
Melting points were determined using a Reichert Jung Thermo Galen Kofler block and are uncorrected. Mass spectra were recorded at the University of Bath Mass Spectrometry Service using positive and negative fast atom bombardment (FAB) with 3-nitro benzyl alcohol (NB A) as a matrix carrier.
Intracellular calcium measurements
Subcellular fractions: calcium concentrations are measured with fluo-3 (3 μM) at physiological temperatures, using cell homogenates or subcellular fractions in a fiuorimeter (Perkin-Elmer LS-50B) at 506 nm excitation and 526 nm emission.
Intact cells: Injected or hydrolysed ester derivatives of calcium sensitive dye are imaged in intact cells by laser-scanning confocal microscopy (TCS NT, Leica) Images were processed with the software NIH Image to create a self-ratio by dividing each image (F) by an image acquired before stimulation (Fo). General reaction schemes
A - Preparation of nicotnic acid derivatives
Figure imgf000051_0001
B - Preparation of alkylating agents
Figure imgf000051_0002
C - Alkylation
Figure imgf000051_0003
D - Zincke
Figure imgf000051_0004
wherein Rl, R2 and R3 are as defined herein. I Preparation of Nicotinic acid Derivatives
Nicotinic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000052_0001
Nicotinic acid (5 g, 40.6 mmol) in methanol (85 mL) and concentrated sulfuric acid (17 mL) was refluxed for 14 hours. Water (50 mL) was then added and the aqueous solution was then neutralised with saturated NaHCO3 (-300 mL), extracted with chloroform (3 x 50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford a pale yellow liquid which crystallise on standing as a white solid (4.8 g, 88%) m.p. 34-360C which showed δH (400 MHz, CDCl3) 9.23 (IH, d, J 1.6, H2), 9.78 (IH, dd, J 4.9 and 1.6, H4), 8.29 (IH, m, H6), 7.40 (IH, m, H5) and 3.96 (3H, s, CH3).
5-Bromo-nicotinic acid methyl ester (Example 1)
Figure imgf000052_0002
5-Bromo-nicotinic acid (300mg, 1.5mmol) was added methanol (6ml) and concentrated
H2SO4 (1.1ml). This reaction mixture was then heated at reflux for overnight. After cooling down, about 5ml of concentrated NaHCO3 solution was added to adjust the PH to 7-8. The product was then extracted with DCM (20ml). Removal of the solvent gave the product as white solid in 81% yield. IR: 3450, 3047, 1722, 1577, 1419, 1311, 1107, 1016, 955, 764, 688; 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 9.12 (s, IH, H-2), 8.85 (m, IH, H-6), 8.44 (m, IH, H-4), 3.99 (s, 3H, CH3); 13C NMR (100.4 MHz, CDCl3): 164.4 (CO), 154.4 (C2), 148.7 (C6), 139.6 (C4), 127.4 (C3), 120.7 (C5), 52.9 (CH3); MS: m/z (FAB+) 216.2 (M+). Nicotinic acid l-(2-nitro-phenyI)-ether ester
Figure imgf000053_0001
To a solution of l-(2-nitrophenyl)ethanol (618 mg, 3.7 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (18 mL) was added nicotinic acid (500 mg, 4.1 mmol), dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (838 mg, 4.1 mmol) and DMAP (45 mg, 0.37 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight after which the urea was filtered. The filtrate was diluted in chloroform (20 mL), extracted with saturated NaHCO3 (15 mL) and brine (15 mL). The combined extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified on silica gel (hexane : EtOAc - 7 : 3) to afford the desired ester as a pale yellow oil (910 mg, 81%) which showed δH (270 MHz, CDCl3) 9.16 (IH, d, J 1.5, H2), 8.70 (IH, dd, J 4.8 and 1.8, H6), 8.21 (IH, m, H), 7.88 (IH, dd, J 8.4 and 1.1, CH), 7.65 (IH, dd, J 8.1 and 1.8, H4), 7.56 (IH, dt, J 7.5 and 1.1, CH), 7.40-7.30 (2H, m, 2 x CH), 6.51 (IH, q, J 6.4, CH) and 1.71 (3H, t, J 6.4, CH3). δc (65 MHz, CDCl3) 164.3 (C=O), 153.2, 150.7 (both CH), 137.3 (C), 137.0, 133.6, 128.5, 126.9 (all CH), 125.6 (C), 124.4, 123.3 (both CH), 69.2 (CH) and 21.9 (CH3). 1 C hidden, m/z [FAB+] 273.1 (M++H, 100%) [found 273.0871 M++H. Ci4H13N2O4 requires 273.0873].
5-(4-Methoxy-phenyI)-nicotinic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000053_0002
5-Bromo-nicotinic acid methyl ester (153mg, 0.7mmol) was added toluene (1.4ml) and 2M Na2CO3 (0.7ml), To this suspension, Pd(PPh3 )4 (24mg) was added under N2. Then a solution of p-methoxyphenylboronic acid (127.6mg) in methanol (0.35ml) was added. This reaction mixture was vigorously stirred and heated to 80 0C for 6h. After cooling, the crude product was partitioned between DCM (7ml) and 2M Na2CO3 (3.5ml +0.35ml NH3). Removal of the organic layer gave light yellow crude product, which was then purified by silica gel column, eluted with DCM. White solid was given in 41% yield. IR: 3036, 2956, 2844, 1716, 1609, 1518, 1443, 1427, 1309, 1111, 1026, 841; 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 9.13 (d, J=1.9, IH, H- 2), 8.95 (d, J=2.4,1H, H-S), 8.43 (m, IH, H-4), 7.55 (d, J=5.4, 2H, ArH-2 and 6), 7.03 (d, J=5.4, 2H, ArH-S and S), 3.97 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.86 (s, 3H, CH3); 13C NMR (100.4 MHz, CDCl3): 165.6 (CO), 160.1 (ArC4), 151.4 (C6), 148.7 (C2), 136.1 (C4), 134.7 (C5), 129.0 (ArCl), 128.3 (ArC2 and C6), 125.9 (C3), 114.7 (ArC3 and C5), 55.6 (OCH3), 52.7 (CH3-CO); MS: m/z (FAB+) 244.3 (M++!).
Nicotinic acid (100 mg, 0.812 mmol) and organic halide (0.812 mmol) were mixed in dry DMF (1.5 mL) and stirred at 500C in the dark overnight after which time DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting product was then recrystallised to afford the corresponding pyridinium salt.
II Preparation of (bromoacetylamide) alkylating agents.
Amine (3ml, 24mmol) was added dropwise to a stirring solution of 2-bromoacetylbromide (10 ml, 12mmol) at -10 0C, such that the temperature did not rise above 0 0C. When the reaction was complete, cold water was added to dissolve the precipitated salt. The organic layer was separated and washed successively with aqueous acetic acid (20 ml, IM), aqueous NaOH (20 ml, IM) and finally with saturated brine. After removal of the ether, the crude product was used for alkylation directly without further purification. Analytical data was given by recrystalization or flash chromatography.
2-Bromo-N, N-diethyl-acetamide (2)
Colorless oil was given after working up. 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 3.73 (s, 2H3 -CH2CO) 3.25 (q, 4H5 J = 7.5 Hz, -CH2 CH3), 1.24(t, 3H, J= 7.5 Hz, -CH3), 1.03(t, 3H, J= 7.5 Hz, -CH3). Yield 60%. Data is identical to the literature [I].
2-Bromo-N-butyl-acetamide (3)
This product is a solid at room temperature. Mp: 30°C. IHNMR (CDCl3): δ 6.65 (brs, IH, NH)3 3.81 (s, 2H3 -CH2CO), 3.19 (m, 2H, N-CH2), 1.41(m, 2H3 -CH2 CH2), 1.25 (m, 2H, -CH2 CH3), 0.78 (t, 3H, -CH3). Yield 76%. Data is identical to the literature [I].
2-Bromo-N-phenyl-acetamide (4)
This product is a yellow solid. Mp: 128-131. IR: 3296, 3203, 3146, 3099, 1657, 1618, 1555, 1486, 1445, 1335, 1111; 1HNMR (CDCl3): 8.13 (brs, IH, NH) 7.52 (d, 2h, J= 2.7 Hz, ArH2, 6), 7.34 (m3 2H, ArH3, 5), 7.17(m, IH3 ArH4), 4.00(s, 2H, -CH2CO). MS: m/z (FAB+) 213.9 (M++l).
2-Bromo-N-cyclohexyl-acetamide (5)
This product is a white fine powder. Yield 90%. Mp: 106-108. IR: 3284, 3072, 2937, 2919, 2853, 1645, 1551, 1446, 1328, 1210, 1155, 1089; 1H NMR (CDCl3): 6.33 (brs, IH, NH), 3.84(s, 2H, -CH2CO), 3.74(m, IH, N-CH), 1.10-1.92 (m, 1OH, ring-H). 13C NMR (CDCl3): 164.7 (CO), 49.6 (CH), 33.4 (2CH2), 30.2 (CH2-Br), 26.1 (2CH2), 25.3 (CH2). MS: m/z (FAB+) 220 (M++l). 2-Bromo-N- (4-ethyI-phenyI)-acetamide (6)
This product is yellow solid. Mp: 131-132. 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.07 (br, IH, NH), 7.40 (d, 2H, J= 8.4 Hz, ArH), 7.15 (d, 2H, J= 8.4 Hz, ArH), 4.00 (s, 2H, -CH2CO), 2.59 (q, 2H, J= 7.67 Hz, -CH2 CH3), 1.18 (t, 3H, J= 7.67 Hz, -CH3). MS: m/z (FAB+) 242.0 (M++l).
2-Bromo-N-(2-BromophenyI)-acetamide (7)
Crude product was subjected to silica gel column, eluted with DCM: Hexane 10: 1. Yellow solid was given in 52% yield.
Mp: 96-98. IR: 3184, 3107, 1653, 1609, 1591, 1542, 1472, 1422, 1315, 700; 1H NMR (CDCl3): 8.15 (s, br, IH, NH), 7.77 (m, IH, H-3), 7.43 (d, J= 7.83, IH, H-5), 7.23 (m, 2H, H-2, 3), 4.00 (s, 2H, CH2); 13C NMR (CDCl3): 164.3 (C=O), 138.1 (C-I), 130.3 (C-3), 128.2 (C-5), 123.0 (C-4), 122.6 (C-2), 118.5 (C-6); MS (FAB+): m/z 293 (M++l).
2-Bromo-N,N-dibutylacetamide (8)
Mp: oil. IR: 2959, 2932, 2872, 1648, 1460, 1376, 1209, 1098; 1H NMR (CDCl3): 3.77 (s, 2H, CO-CH2), 3.23 (m, 4H, 2NCH2), 1.48 (m, 4H, 2CH2), 1.25 (m, 4H, 2CH2), 0.86 (m, 6H, 2CH3); 13C NMR (CDCl3): 166.3 (CO), 48.8 (CH2), 46.2 (CH2), 31.5 (CH2-Br), 29.7 (CH2), 27.0 (CH2), 20.5 (2CH2), 14.27 (CH3), 14.19 (CH3); MS m/z (FAB+) 250 (M++l), 170 (M+-Br), 128 (M+-BrCOCH2).
2- Bromo-N, N-dicyclohexylacetamide (9)
The crude product was purified by Flash chromatography (DCM: hexane 12:1). White solid was obtained in 40% yield. Analytical data was given by crystallization from DCM. Mp: 122-124, IR: 3466, 2933, 2869, 2857, 1637, 1467, 1371, 1113, 1000; 1H NMR (CDCl3): 3.80 (s, 2H, CO-CH2), 2.41 (m, 2H, 2CH), 1.17-1.86 (m, 2OH, ring-H); 13C NMR (CDCl3): 162.6 (CO), 56.3 (N-C), 31.0 (CH2), 29.4 (CH2), 29.1(Br-CH2), 26.5-25.2 (ring- C). MS: m/z (FAB+) 302.0 (M+). 2- Bromo-N-decylacetamide (10)
Colourless oil was given after purified by Flash chromatography (DCM: hexane 10: 1). Yield 81%.
Mp: oil, IR: 3282, 2920, 2852, 1640, 1560, 1471, 1436, 1214; 1H NMR (CDCl3): 6.49 (s, brs, IH, NH), 3.86 (s, 2H, CH2-Br), 3.25 (m, 2H, CH2), 2.15 (s, acetone peak), 1.52 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.24 (m, 14H, 7CH2), 0.86 (m, 3H5 CH3); 13C NMR (CDCl3): 165.4 (CO), 40.7 (CH2-Br), 32.3 (CH2-N), 29.7-29.9 (6CH2), 27.2 (CH2), 23.1 (CH2), 14.6 (CH3);
2- Bromo-N-methyl-N-phenylactamide (11)
Yellow solid was given after working up. Yield 80%. Mp: 43-45. IR: 1646, 1595, 1498, 1385, 1298, 1120, 1043, 882, 771; 1H NMR (CDCl3): 7.28 (m, 5H, Ar-H), 3.87 (s, 2H, CH2), 3.29 (s, 3H, CH3). MS: m/z (FAB+) 228 (M++l).
2- Bromo-N-(3-methoxybenzyI)acetamide (12)
The crude product was subjected to silica gel column, eluted with DCM: hexane 10:1. Yellow solid was given in 72% yield.
Mp: 79-80. IR: 3289, 3048, 1641, 1543, 1489, 1441, 1296, 1200, 1158, 1049, 999, 890, 784, 697; 1H NMR (CDCl3): 7.24-6.83 (m, 4H, Ar-H), 4.40 (s, 2H5Br-CH2), 3.86 (s, 2H, CO-CH2), 3.77 (s, 3H, CH3). 13C NMR (CDCl3): 165.8 (CO), 159.9 (C-O), 139.1 (C), 130.0 (C5), 120.0 (C6), 113.6 (C2), 113.3 (C4), 55.6 (OCH3), 44.4 (COCH2), 29.4 (Br- CH2); MS m/z (FAB+) 257.9 (M++l), 178.0 (M+-Br). 2- Bromo-N, N-dipropylacetamide (13)
Yellow oil was given after working up in 65% yield.
IR: 3451, 2966, 2876, 1645, 1456, 1381, 1302, 1207, 1098, 896,744; 1K NMR (CDCl3): 3.81 (s, 2H, CH2-Br), 3.24 (m, 4H, 2CH2), 1.55 (m, 4H, 2CH2), 0.86 (m, 6H, 2CH3); 13C NMR (CDCl3): 166.5 (CO), 50.3 (CH2), 47.7 (CH2), 26.2 (CH2-Br), 22.2 (CH2), 20.4 (CH2), 11.2 (2CH3). MS m/z (FAB+) 222 (M++l).
2- Bromo-N, N-dioctylacetamide (14)
Crude product was purified by Flash chromatography (DCM: hexane 9:1). Yellow oil was given in 81% yield.
IR: 2925, 2855, 1649, 1460, 1376, and 1101. 1H NMR (CDCl3): 3.80 (s, 2H, CH2-Br), 3.26
(m, 4H, 2CH2), 1.54 (m, 4H, 2CH2), 1.25 (m, 20H, CH2), 0.84 (m, 6H, 2CH3); 13C NMR
(CDCl3): 166.3 (CO), 49.1 (CH2), 46.5 (CH2), 27.6 (CH2-Br), 32.2-23.0 (CH2), 14.6
(2CH3). Ms m/z (FAB+) 362 (M++l).
[Cl ./V-Alkylation of nicotinic acid methyl ester (Example 2)
Nicotinic acid methyl ester (500 mg, 3.65 mmol), the halide (3.65 mmol) and sodium iodide (3.65 mmol) were stirred in DMF or acetonitrile in the dark at 500C for 24 hours. The solvent was then evaporated under reduced pressure and crystallised from methanol/ether.
l-[(2-Bromo-phenylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-3-methoxycarbonyI-pyridinium (25)
MP: 171-172, IR: 3225, 3173, 3057, 3015, 1743, 1687, 1596, 1549, 1307, 780, 740; 1H NMR (DMSO): 10.97 (s, brs, IH, NH), 9.68 (s, IH, H-2), 9.26 (d, J= 6.2, IH, H-6), 9.11 (d, J= 8.1, IH, H-4), 8.38 (dd, J= 6.2 and 8.1, IH, H-5), 7.92 (s, IH, H-3'), 7.32-7.50 (m, 3H, ArH), 5.78 (s, 2H, CH2), 3.99 (s, 3H, CH3); 13C NMR (DMSO): 164.1 (COOMe), 162.6 (CO-N), 150.4 (C-2), 148.1 (C-6), 146.6 (C-4), 131.7 (C-N), 129.8 (C-3'), 128.5 (C- 5'), 127.3 (C-2'), 122.3 (C-5), 122.2 (C-6'), 63.2 (CH2-CO)5 54.4 (CH3); MS: m/z (FAB+) 351.1 (M++l).
Diethylcarbamoylmethyl-S-methoxycarbonyl-pyridinium; iodide (Example 3)
Figure imgf000059_0001
Nicotinic acid methyl ester and 2-chloro-iV,iV'-diethylacetamide were reacted in DMF under the standard protocol to afford a bright yellow solid (363 mg, 26%) m.p. 163-165°C which showed δH (270 MHz, D2O) 9.30 (IH, s, H2), 9.07 (IH, d, J 8.2, H6), 8.90 (IH, d, J 6.2, H4), 8.19 (IH, m, H5), 5.75 (2H, s, py-CH2), 3.96 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.41 (2H, q, J 7.2, CH2), 3.84 (2H, q, J 7.2, CH2), 1.23 (3 H, t, J 7.2, CH3) and 1.05 (3H, t, J 7.2, CH3). δc (65 MHz, D2O) 164.3 (C=O), 149.2, 147.6, 146.8 (all CH), 130.6 (C), 128.3 (CH), 62.1 (py- CH2), 54.1 (OCH3), 42.3, 41.9 (both CH2), 13.2 and 12.1 (both CH3). m/z [FAB+] 251.1 (M+, 100%) [found 251.1405 M+. C13H19N2O3I requires 251.1395]. IR (KBr) 1731 (C=O ester) and 1653 (C=O amide).
l-(2-Carbamoyl-ethyI)-3-methoxycarbonyl-pyridinium; iodide (Example 4)
Figure imgf000059_0002
Nicotinic acid methyl ester and 3-chloropropionamide were reacted in acetonitrile under the standard protocol to afford a pale yellow solid (266 mg, 22%) m.p. 98-100°C which showed δH (270 MHz, D2O) 9.48 (IH, s, H2), 9.08 (IH, d, J 6.2, H6), 9.03-8.99 (IH, m, H4), 8.21-8.16 (IH, m, H5), 4.94 (2H, t, J 6.4, py-CH2), 4.01 (3H, s, OCH3) and 3.09 (2H, t, J 6.4, CH2-CO). δc (65 MHz, D2O) 173.7, 168.5 (both C=O), 148.1, 146.2 (both CH), 131.0 (C), 130.9, 128.6 (both CH), 58.2 (py-CH2), 54.3 (OCH3) and 35.4 (CH2). m/z [FAB+] 209.1 (M+, 100%) [found 209.0935 M+. C10H13N2O3I requires 209.0926]. IR (KBr) 1736 (C=O ester) and 1674 (C=O amide).
l-(3-Cyano-propyI)-3-methoxycarbonyl-pyridinium; iodide (Example 5)
Figure imgf000060_0001
Nicotinic acid methyl ester and 4-chlorobutyronitrile were reacted in DMF under the standard protocol to afford a pale yellow solid (219 mg, 18%) m.p. 167-17O0C which showed δH (270 MHz, D2O) 9.48 (IH, s, H2), 9.08 (IH, d, J 6.4, H6), 9.01 (IH, dt, J 8.2 and 1.5, H4), 8.20-8.17 (IH, m, H5), 4.79 (2H, t, J 7.4, py-CH2), 3.98 (3H5 s, OCH3), 2.64 (2H, t, J 7.4, CH2-CN) and 2.40 (2H, q, J 7.4, CH2). 163.4 (C=O), 147.9, 146.4, 146.2 (all CH), 131.3 (C), 129.1 (CH), 60.9 (py-CH2), 54.2 (OCH3), 26.3 and 14.1 (both CH2). mJz [FAB+] 205.0 (M+, 100%) [found 205.0977 M+. C11H14N2O2I requires 205.0972].
l-(2-Diethylamino-ethyI)-3-methoxycarbonyl-pyridinium; iodide (Example 6)
Figure imgf000060_0002
Nicotinic acid methyl ester and diethylaminoethylchloride hydrochloride were reacted in DMF under the standard protocol to afford a pale yellow solid (60 mg, 5%) m.p. 172- 174°C which showed δH (270 MHz, D2O) 9.53 (IH, s, H2), 9.13 (IH, d, J 6.2, H6), 9.05 (IH, d, J 8.2, H4), 8.25-8.25 (IH, m, H5), 5.12 (2H, t, J 7.7, py-CH2), 3.95 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.82 (2H, t, J7.7, CH2-N), 3.30 (4H, q, J7.4, 2 x CH2-Me) and 1.25 (6H, t, J7.4, 2 x CH3). m/z [FAB+] 237.2 (M+, 100%) [found 237.1601 M+. C13H21N2O2I requires 237.1603]. l-(2-Cyano-ethyl)-3-methoxycarbonyl-pyridinium; iodide (Example 7)
Figure imgf000061_0001
Nicotinic acid methyl ester and 3-chloropropionitrile were reacted in DMF under the standard protocol to afford a pale yellow solid (88 mg, 8%) which showed δH (270 MHz, D2O) 9.54 (IH, s, H2), 9.11 (IH, d, J 6.2, H6), 9.05 (IH, d, J 8.2, H4), 8.25-8.20 (IH, m, H5), 4.99 (2H, t, J 6.4, py-CH2), 3.97 (3H, s, OCH3) and 3.29 (2H, t, J 6.4, CH2-CN). m/z [FAB+] 191.0 (M+, 100%) [found 191.0820 M+. C10H11N2O2I requires 191.0821].
l-(l-Carbamoyl-ethyl)-3-methoxycarbonyl-pyridinium; iodide (Example 8)
Figure imgf000061_0002
Nicotinic acid methyl ester and 2-chloro propionamide were reacted in DMF under the standard protocol to afford a yellow solid (363 mg, 26%) which showed 5H (270 MHz, D2O) 9.34 (IH, s, H2), 9.03-8.96 (2H, m, H6 and H4), 8.16-8.11 (IH, m, H5), 5.66 (IH, q, J 7.2, py-CH), 3.91 (3H, s, OCH3) and 1.88 (3H, d, J 7.2, CH3). δc (65 MHz, D2O) 163.1 (C=O), 147.5, 147.0, 145.8 (all CH), 130.7 (C), 128.5 (CH), 69.2 (py-CH), 54.2 (OCH3) and 18.2 (CH3). m/z [FAB+] 209.0 (M+, 100%) [found 209.0929 M+. C10H13N2O3I requires 209.0927]. l-Cyclohexyl-S-methoxycarbonyl-S- (4-methoxy-phenyI)-pyridinium
Figure imgf000062_0001
5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-nicotinic acid methyl ester (40) (50mg, 0.2mmol) was added 2- bromo-N-cyclohexylacetamide (115mg, 0.5mmol). To this mixture was added DMF (ImI) under N2 and then heated at 60 0C overnight. After removal of the solvent, the residual was dissolved in methanol (0.5ml) and then ether (20ml) was added to crystallize the product. Yellow oil was given (40mg).
IR: 3436, 2929, 1738, 1652, 1557, 1450, 1346, 1260; 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 9.66 (s, IH, H-2), 9.46 (m, IH, H-6), 9.15 (m, IH, H-4), 8.62 (m, IH, NH), 7.93 (m, 2H, ArH-2 and 6), 7.16 (m, 2H, ArH-S and 5), 5.58 (s, 2H, CH2-CO), 4.01 (s, 3Η, CH3), 3.85 (s, 3H, CH3-CO), 1.79-1.22 (m, HH, ring-H)
Hydrolysis of ./V-alkvIated nicotinic acid methyl ester fExample 9)
The corresponding nicotinic acid methyl ester (0.4 mmol) was dissolved in 48% aqueous HBr (0.2 mL) and stirred at 6O0C overnight after which it was then evaporated under reduced pressure. To the brown residue was added acetonitrile. The precipitate was filtered and washed with acetonitrile leaving the desired jV-alkylated nicotinic acid.
S-Carboxy-l-diethylcarbamoylmethyl-pyridinium; iodide (Example 10)
Figure imgf000063_0001
Diethylcarbamoylmethyl-S-methoxycarbonyl-pyridinium; iodide was reacted under the general protocol to afford the desired product as a white solid (104 mg, 74%) m.p. 97-100 0C which showed δH (270 MHz, D2O) 9.19 (IH, s, H2), 8.99 (IH, d, J 8.2, H6), 8.82 (IH, d, J6.2, H4), 8.13 (IH, m, H5), 5.71 (2H, s, py-CH2), 3.37 (2H, q, J7.2, CH2), 3.32 (2H, q, J 7.2, CH2), 1.20 (3 H, t, J 7.2, CH3) and 1.02 (3H, t, J 7.2, CH3). δc (65 MHz, D2O) 164.4 (C=O), 148.9, 147.7, 147.1 (all CH), 131.7 (C), 128.3 (CH), 62.1 (py-CH2), 42.3, 41.9 (both CH2), 13.1 and 12.1 (both CH3). m/z [FAB+] 237.1 (M+, 100%) [found 237.1250 M+. C12H17N2O3I requires 237.1239]. IR (KBr) 3150 (OH) and 1652 (C=O amide).
l-(2-Carbamoyl-ethyI)-3-carboxy-pyridinium; iodide (Example 11)
Figure imgf000064_0001
l-(2-Carbamoyl-ethyl)-3-methoxycarbonyl-pyridiniuπi; iodide was reacted under the general protocol to afford the desired product as a white solid (120 mg, 84%) m.p. 170- 1730C which showed δH (270 MHz, D2O) 9.38 (IH, s, H2), 9.02 (IH, d, J 6.2, H6), 8.91 (IH, d, J 7.9, H4), 8.12-8.06 (IH, m, H5), 4.87 (2H, t, J 6.2, py-CH2) and 3.13 (2H, t, J 6.2, CH2-CO). δc (65 MHz, D2O) 173.7, 164.8 (both C=O), 147.8, 146.6, 146.4 (all CH), 132.4 (C), 128.5 (CH), 57.5 (py-CH2) and 34.5 (CH2). m/z [FAB+] 196.1 (M+, 100%) [found 196.0611 M+. C9H11N2O3I requires 196.0609]. IR (KBr) 3154 (OH) and 1648 (C=O amide).
3-Carboxy-l-(2-diethylamino-ethyl)-pyridinium; iodide (Example 12)
Figure imgf000064_0002
l-(2-Diethylamino-ethyl)-3-methoxycarbonyl-pyridinium; iodide was reacted under the general protocol to afford the desired product as a white solid (41 mg, 84%) m.p. 210- 2120C which showed δH (270 MHz, D2O) 9.60 (IH, s, H2), 9.06 (IH, d, J 6.2, H6), 8.97 (IH, d, J 8.2, H4), 8.20-8.15 (IH, m, H5), 5.11 (2H, t, J 7.7, py-CH2), 3.83 (2H, t, J 7.7, CH2-N), 3.33 (4H, q, J 7.4, 2 x CH2-Me) and 1.26 (6H5 t, J 7.4, 2 x CH3). δc (65 MHz, D2O) 164.8 (C=O), 147.3, 146.4, 146.4 (all CH), 132.4 (C), 129.2 (CH), 55.6 (py-CH2), 50.3, 48.2 (both CH2) and 34.5 (CH3). FDl Alkylation of nicotinic acid (Example 13)
Nicotinic acid (100 mg, 0.812 mmol) and organic halide (0.812 mmol) were mixed in dry DMF (1.5 mL) and stirred at 5O0C in the dark overnight after which time DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting product was then recrystallised to afford the corresponding pyridinium salt.
3-Carboxy-l-diethylcarbamoylmethyl-pyridinium (15)
Yellow oil was obtained after crystallization from methanol/ether. Yield 21%.
IR (KBr) vmax 3429, 3072, 2981, 2934, 1729, 1659, 1219, 1135, 1036, 811, 748 cm"11H NMR (D2O): 9.06 (d, IH, J = 7.5 Hz, H2), 8.87 (m, IH, H6), 8.74 (m, IH, H4), 8.03 (m, IH, H5), 5.68 (s, 2H, -CH2CO), 3.33 (q, 4H, J =7.5 Hz, -CH2CH3), 1.19 (t, 3H, J= 7.5Hz, - CH3), 1.00 (t, 3H, J= 7.5Hz, -CH3). MS: m/z (FAB+) 237 (M++l).
l-Butylcarbamoylmethyl-S-carboxy-pyridinium (16)
Mp: 190-194. IR (KBr) vmax: 3235, 3078, 2958, 2931, 2873, 2750, 2494, 1727, 1672, 1558,
1394, 1351, 1131, 848 cm"1 ; 1H NMR (D2O): 9.25 (s, IH, H2), 8.96 (d, IH, J=5.3 Hz, H6), 8.85 (d, IH, J= 5.9 Hz, H4), 8.13 (m, IH, H5), 5.43 (s, 2H, -CH2CO), 3.16 (m, 2H, N-
CH2), 1.40 (m, 2H, -CH2 CH2), 1.20 (m, 2H, -CH2 CH3), 0.77 (t, 3H, -CH3). 13C NMR
(D2O): 167.9 (CO-O), 165.2 (CO-N), 148.1 (C3), 147.0 (C6), 146.7 (C2 and C4), 128.1 ( (CC55)),, 6622..22 ((CCtH2-N+), 39.9 (CH2), 30.5 (CH2), 19.7 (CH2), 13.2 (CH3); MS: m/z (FAB+) 237.0 (M++l).
S-Carboxyl-l-phenylcarbamoylmethyl-pyridinium (17)
Mp: 148-149. IR (KBr) vmax 3393, 3277, 3080, 3019, 1699, 1637, 1599, 1558, 1498, 1446, 1350, 1311, 1258, 737, 690 cm"1; 1H NMR (D2O): 9.18 (s, IH, H2), 8.90 (d5 IH, J= 6.6 Hz, H6), 8.83 (d, IH, J= 5.4 Hz, H4), 8.07 (m, IH, H5), 7.25 (m, 5H, ArH), 5.59 (s, 2H, - CH2CO). 13C NMR (D2O): 163.8 (CO-O), 163.5 (CO-N), 148.2 (C6), 147.9 (C2 and C4), 146.2 (C3), 127.8 (C5), 138.9 (ArCl), 129.6 (ArC3 and C5), 119.8 (ArC2 and C6), 124.6 (ArC4); MS: m/z (FAB+) 257.1 (M++l). 3-Carboxy-l-cyclohexylcarbamoylmethyl-pyridinium (18)
Mp: 188-192. IR (KBr) vmax; 3244, 3073, 2931, 1709, 1679, 1530, 1389, 1240, 1210, 1120, 837 cm'1 1K NMR (D2O) 9.32 (s, IH, H2), 9.00 (d, IH, J= 5.2 Hz, H6), 8.84 (d, IH, J= 4.5 Hz, H4), 8.23(m, IH, H5), 5.50 (s, 2H, -CH2CO), 3.65 (m, IH, N-CH), 1.87-1.25 (m, HH, ring-H). 13C NMR (D2O): 163.6 (CO-O), 163.5 (CO-N), 149.7 (C6), 147.9 (C2), 146.4 (C4), 131.0 (C3), 128.3 (C5), 62.5 (CH2-CO), 39.7 (CH), 33.1 (2CH2), 25.9 (CH2), 25.2 (2CH2). MS: m/z (FAB+) 263.3 (M++l).
3-Carboxy-l-[(4-ethyl-phenylcarbamoyI)-methyl]-pyridinium (19)
Mp: 210-214. IR (KBr) vmax: 3424, 3243, 3190, 3063, 2962, 2930, 1717, 1697, 1608, 1543, 1392, 1257, 1125, 834, 670 cm"1. 1H NMR (D2O): 9.29 (s, 3.52, H2), 8.98 (d, IH, J= 8.7, H6), 8.91 (d, IH, J= 6.5, H4), 8.14 (m, IH, H5), 7.28 (d, 2H, J= 8.1 Hz, ArH2, 6), 7.18 (d, 2H, J= 8.1 Hz, ArH3, 5), 5.60 (s, 2H, -CH2CO), 2.49 (q, 2H, J= 7.67 Hz, -CH2 CH3), 1.06 (t, 3H, J= 7.67 Hz, -CH3). 13C NMR (D2O): 163.6 (CO-O), 163.4 (CO-N), 149.9 (C6), 148.3 (C2), 146.7 (C4), 140.0 (C3), 136.5 (AxCl), 131.1 (ArC4), 128.4 (C5), 128.8 (ArC3 and C5), 119.8 (ArC2 and C6), 63.1 (CH2-CO), 28.5 (CH2), 16.5 (CH3). MS: m/z (FAB+) 285.1 (M++l).
3-Carboxy-l-[(2-bromo-phenylcarbamoyl)-methyI]-pyridinium (20)
Mp: 216-218. IR: 3177, 3055, 2743, 1727, 1687, 1608, 1588, 1477, 1253, 1130, 850; 1H NMR (D2O): 9.36 (s, IH, H-2), 9.04 (d, J= 8.1, IH, H-6), 8.99 (d, J=5.6, IH, H-4), 8.23 (m, IH, H-5), 7.68 (s, IH, H-3'), 7.31 (m, 3H, H-4', 5', 6'), 5.70 (s, 2H, CH2-CO), 13C NMR (DMSO) 163.5 (CO-OH), 163.0 (CO-NH), 147.5 (C-2), 145 (C-6), 139.3 (C-3), 131.1 (C-4), 130.0 (ArCl), 127.8 (C-5), 126.6 (ArC3), 121.6 (ArC2), 120.9 (ArC4), 116.0 (ArC6); MS m/z (FAB+) 335.1 (M++l). S-Carboxy-l-dibutylcarbamoylmethyl-pyridinium (21)
MP: Not crystal, IR: 2924, 2854, 1720, 1459, 1377, 1215; 1U NMR (D2O) 9.26 (s, IH, H- 2), 9.10 (m, IH, H-6), 8.90 (m, IH, H-4), 8.24 (m, IH, H-5), 5.82 (s, 2H, COCH2), 3.44
(m, 4H, 2CH2), 1.72 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.54 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.40 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.30 (m, 2H,
CH2), 0.92 (m, 6H, 2CH3); 13C NMR (D2O): 164.3 (CO-O), 163.6 (CO-N), 149.9 (C-6),
148.2 (C-2), 146.5 (C-4), 131.0 (C-3), 127.8 (C-5), 62.0 (CH2-CO), 47.3 (CH), 46.6 (CH),
30.9 (CH2), 30.1 (CH2), 20.5 (CH2), 20.4 (CH2), 14.7 (CH3), 14.6 (CH3); MS: m/z (FAB+) 293 (M++l).
3-Carboxy-l-[(3-methoxy-benzylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-pyridinium (22)
Mp: 194-196. IR (KBr): 3217, 1722, 1675, 1588, 1556, 1397, 1259, 1129, 713.3; 1H NMR (D2O): 9.33 (s, IH, H-2), 9.07 (d, J=7.8, IH, H-6), 8.96 (d, J=6.2, IH, H-4), 8.24 (m, IH, H-5), 7.37 (m, IH, ArH-2), 6.98 (m, 3H, ArH-4, 5, 6), 5.62 (s, 2H, CH2-CO), 4.47 (s, 2H, CH2-N), 3.84 (s, 3H, CH3); 13C NMR (D2O): 164.2 (CO-O), 163.1 (CO-N), 158.2 (ArC3), 148.9 (C6), 147.4 (C2), 145.9 (C4), 139.0 (C3), 130.4 (ArCl), 129.4 (ArC5), 127.7 (C5),
119.5 (ArC6), 113.2 (ArC4), 112.3 (ArC2); MS: m/z (FAB+) 301.0 (M++l).
S-Carboxy-l-dipropylcarbamoylmethyl-pyridinium (23)
Yellow oil was given after crystallization from methanol and ether.
Mp: Oil. IR: 3392, 2964, 2875, 1729, 1649, 1458, 1430, 1385, 1243, 1207; 1H NMR (D2O): 9.23 (s, IH, H-6), 9.04 (d, J=8.1, IH, H-2), 8.87 (d, J=5.1, IH, H-4), 8.20 (m, IH, H-5), 5.80 (s, 2H, CH2-CO), 3.34 (m, 4H, 2CH2), 1.71 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.54 (m, 2H, CH2), 0.92 (t, J=7.4, CH3), 0.82 (t, J=7.4, CH3). 13C NMR (D2O): 164.7 (CO-O), 164.6 (CO-N),
148.6 (C6), 147.4 (C2), 146.8 (C4), 132.1 (C3), 128.1 (C5), 62.1 (CH2-CO), 49.4 (CH2), 48.9 (CH2), 21.4 (CH2), 20.4 (CH2), 10.9 (CH3), 10.7 (CH3); MS: m/z (FAB+) 266.3
(M++ 1). S-Carboxy-l-decylcarbamoylmethyl-pyridinium (24)
Mp: 185-186. IR: 3229, 3079, 2924, 1726, 1679, 1554, 1394, 1225, 1130, 846, 723; 1H NMR (DMSO): 9.53 (s, IH, H-2), 9.19 (d, J= 5.4, IH, H-6), 9.03 (d, J=8.1, IH, H-4), 8.70
(s, brs, IH, NH), 8.31 (m, IH, H-5), 5.57 (s, 2H, CH2-CO), 3.13 (m, 2H, CH2-N), 1.24-
1.61 (m, 16H, 8CH2), 0.83 (m, 3H, CH3); 13C NMR (DMSO): 164.5 (CO-O), 163.6 (CO-
N), 149.7 (C-6), 147.9 (C-2), 146.4 (C-4), 131.1 (C-3), 128.8 (C-5), 62.4 (CH2-CO), 32.2
(CH2-N), 29.9 (CH2), 29.8 (CH2), 29.7 (CH2), 29.6 (2CH2), 27.2 (CH2), 23.0 (CH2), 14.9 (CH3); MS m/z
l-AlIyI-3-carboxy-pyridinium bromide (Example 14)
Figure imgf000068_0001
Nicotinic acid (100 mg, 0.812 mmol) and allyl bromide (70 μL, 0.812 mmol) were reacted under the general protocol to afford a yellow solid which was recrystallised from methanol to afford the desired quarternised product as a white solid (165 mg, 83%) which showed δH (400 MHz, D2O) 9.20 (IH, s, H2), 8.81 (2H, d, J 5.8, 2 x CH), 8.0 (IH, d, J 8.2, H5), 5.91- 6.01 (IH, m, :CH), 5.37 (2H, app t, J 10.5, :CH2) and 5.11 (2H, d, J 6.2, CH2-N). δc (100 MHz, D2O) 161.0 (C=O), 142.7, 141.9, 141.6 (all CH), 128.8 (C-CO2H), 125.5, 124.2 (both CH), 119.4 (:CH2) and 59.7 (CH2). m/z [ES] 164.0 (M+, 55%).
l-Propyl-3-carboxy-pyridinium iodide (Example 15)
Figure imgf000069_0001
Nicotinic acid (100 mg, 0.812 mmol) and 2-iodopropane (80 μL, 0.812 mmol) were reacted under the general protocol to afford a yellow solid which was recrystallised from methanol to afford the desired quarternised product as a white solid (181mg, 76%) m.p. 162-165°C which showed δH (400 MHz, D2O) 9.30 (IH, s, H2), 8.91-8.96 (2H, m, 2 x CH), 8.10-8.17 (IH, m, H5), 4.61 (2H, t, J 7.4, CH2-N), 2.03 (2H, sextet, J 7.4, CH2) and 0.92 (3H, t, J 7.4, CH3). δc (100 MHz, D2O) 165.1 (C=O), 146.2, 144.8, 142.9 (all CH), 133.1 (C-CO2H), 127.7 (CH), 63.0 (CH2-N), 23.5 (CH2) and 8.9 (CH3). vmjcm l 3396 (CO2H) and 1636 (C=O). m/z [ES] 167 (M+, 80%).
l-Benzyl-3-carboxy-pyridinium bromide (Example 16)
Figure imgf000069_0002
Nicotinic acid (100 mg, 0.812 mmol) and benzyl bromide (0.1 mL, 0.812 mmol) were reacted under the general protocol to afford a yellow solid which was recrystallised from water to afford the desired quarternised product as a white solid (219 mg, 92%) m.p. 203-
2050C which showed δH (400 MHz, D2O) 9.30 (IH, s, H2), 8.80 (IH, d, J 5.9, H4), 8.75
(IH, d, J 8.2, H6), 8.01 (IH, m, H5), 7.43 (5H, m, ArH) and 5.82 (2H, s, CH2). δc (100
MHz, D2O) 166.1 (C=O), 146.3, 145.9, 145.5 (all CH), 132.6 (C-CO2H), 130.2, 129.8, 129.3, 128.5 (all CH) and 65.0 (CH2). vmjcm l 3416 (CO2H) and 1668 (C=O). m/z
[FAB+] 214.2 (M++H, 100%). l-Carbamoylmethyl-S-carboxy-pyridinium iodide (Example 17)
Figure imgf000070_0001
Nicotinic acid (100 mg, 0.812 mmol) and 2-iodoacetamide (150 mg, 0.812 mmol) were reacted under the general protocol to afford a yellow oil which was recrystallised from dichloromethane to afford the desired quarternised product as a yellow solid (175 mg, 70%) m.p 223-225°C which showed δH (400 MHz, D2O) 9.24 (IH, s, H2), 9.0 (IH, d, J 8.2, H6), 8.89 (IH, d, J 4.8, H4), 8.14-8.20 (IH, m, H5) and 5.56 (2H, s, CH2). δc (100 MHz, D2O) 169.5, 167.3 (both C=O), 149.3, 148.6, 148.1 (all CH), 135.6 (C-CO2H), 129.5 (CH) and 63.2 (CH2). v^/cm"1 3379 (CO2H), 1701 (CO-NH2) and 1665 (C=O). m/z [FAB+] 181.2 (M++H, 100%).
S-Carbamoyl-l-carbamoylmethyl-pyridinium; iodide (Example 18)
Figure imgf000070_0002
Nicotinamide (500 mg, 4.06 mmol) and iodoacetamide (764 mg, 4.06 mmol) were stirred in DMF at 5O0C overnight. The solvent was then evaporated and the residue crystallised from methanol/ether to afford a yellow solid which showed δπ (270 MHz, D2O) 9.24 (IH, s, H2), 8.95-8.93 (2H, m, H4 and H6), 8.23-8.17 (IH, m, H5) and 5.56 (2H, s, py-CH2). δc
(65 MHz, D2O) 167.3 (C=O), 148.2, 146.1, 145.2 (all CH), 133.9 (C), 128.3 (CH) and 62.0
(CH2). m/z [FAB+] 180.0 (M+, 100%) [found 180.0780 M+. C6H10N2O3I requires 180.0781]. S-Bromo-l-carbamoylmethyl-S-carboxy-pyridinium iodide (Example 19)
Figure imgf000071_0001
5-Bromonicotinic acid (50 mg, 0.247 mmol) and iodoacetamide (45 mg, 0.247 mmol) were stirred in DMF (ImL) in the dark at 500C overnight. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was crystallised from MeOH/Et2O to afford the desired product as a brown gum (48 mg, 51%) which showed 6H (270 MHz, D2O) 9.66 (IH, s, H2), 9.46 (IH, m, H6), 9.15 (IH, m, H4) and 5.58 (2H, s, CH2). m/z [FAB+] 260.0 (M+, 60%) [found 260.0634 M+. C8H8 79BrN2O3 requires 260.0648].
l-CarbamoyImethyl-3-[l-(2-nitrophenyl)-ethoxycarbonyl]-pyridinium iodide (Example 20)
Figure imgf000071_0002
Nicotinic acid l-(2-nitro-phenyl)-ether ester (300 mg, 1.1 mmol) and iodoacetamide (204 mg, 1.1 mmol) were stirred in the dark at 50°C overnight. The solvent was then evaporated under reduced pressure ans the residue recrystallised from MeOH/ether to afford the desired product as a yellow solid which showed δH (270 MHz, D2O) 9.46 (IH, s, H2), 9.14 (IH, d, J 8.1, CH), 9.06 (IH, d, J 5.9, CH), 8.31-8.26 (IH, m, CH), 8.0 (IH, d, J 8.1, CH), 7.85 (IH, d, J 8.1, CH), 7.76-7.70 (IH, m, H4), 7.57-7.52 (IH, m, CH), 6.56 (IH, q, J 6.3, CH-Me) 5.64 (2H, s, CH2) and 1.82 (3H, t, J 6.3, CH3). δc (65 MHz, CDCl3) 161.8 (C=O), 149.2, 147.3, 146.8 (all CH), 137.3 (C), 135.7 (C), 134.5, 129.5, 128.3, 127.6, 124.7 (all CH), 72.1, 61.9 and 20.9 (CH3). m/z [FAB+] 273.1 (M++H, 100%) [found 273.0871 M++H. C14H13N2O4 requires 273.0873].
[El Synthesis of pyridinium salts by Zϊncke reaction
3-Carbamoyl-l- (2,4-dinitro-phenyI)-pyridinium chloride (Zincke salt)
Nicotinamide (0.5g, 4.0mmol) was mixed with 2,4-dinitrochlorobenzene (2.5g, 12mmol).
This mixture was then heated at 90 0C for 2h. After cooling down, the residual was dissolved in methanol (3ml) and then was added ether (40ml). The solid that followed was filtered and redissolved again in methanol (3ml) and then ether (40ml), this procedure was repeated four times. The solid was filtered and dried in vacuum. Orange colour foam was given in 76% yield.
IR: 1690, 1616, 1543, 1347, 1202, 704; 1H NMR (270 MHZ, CD3OD): 9.74 (s, IH, H2), 9.39 (dd, J6.2 and 1.3, IH, H4), 9.25 (dd, J 8.4 and 1.3, IH, H6), 9.22 (d, J2.6, IH, ArH),
8.86 (dd, J 8.8 and 2.6, IH, ArH), 8.42 (dd, J 8.4 and 6.2, IH, H5) and 8.30 (d, J 8.8, IH,
ArH). 13C NMR (100.4 MHz, D2O): 165.0 (CO), 149 (C-2'), 147 (C-4'), 147.5 (C-4'),
145.7 (C-6'), 142.9 (C-2'), 138 (C-3'), 134.2 (C-I '), 131.4 (C-5), 131.0 (C-6'), 128 (C-5'),
122.9 (C-3'); MS: m/z (FAB+) 289 (M++l), 273 (M+-NH2).
Procedure for Zincke reaction
Amines (118mg, O.δmmol) were dissolved in dry methanol (20ml). To this solution, Zincke salt (26) (270mg, 0.83mmol) was added. The following dark red solution was stirred at room temperature for 5h (color from dark red to yellow). Crude products were given after removal of the solvent which were then purified by flash chromatography or crystallization. 1 -ButyI-3-carbamoyl-pyridinium
Crude product was crystallized from methanol/ether. Yellow solid was given in 75% yield. Mp: 205-2070C (crystallized from methanol/ether); IR: 1669, 1647.8, 1457, 1403, 1204; 1R NMR (270 MHz, D2O): 9.30 (s, IH, E-I), 9.00 (d, J- 8.1, IH, H-6), 8.87 (d, J= 8.2, IH, H-4), 8.17 (m, IH, H-5), 4.66 (m, 2H, CH2), 2.01 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.38 (m, 2H, CH2), 0.93 (m, 3H, CH5); MS: m/z (FAB+) 179.0 (M+-H). M/z calcd for C10Hi5N2O 179.1184 found 179.1178.
S-Carbamoyl-l-cycIohexyl-pyridinium
Crude product was crystallized from methanol and ether. Yellow solid was given in 67% yield. Mp: 275-2760C (crystallized from methanol/ether); IR: 3278, 3137, 2857, 1695, 1644, 1590, 1512, 1453, 1407, 1142, 679; 1H NMR (270 MHz, D2O): 9.12 (s, IH, H-J), 8.95 (d, J= 8.1, IH, H-6), 8.77 (d, J=8.2, IH, H-4), 8.01 (m, IH, H-5), 1.13-2.05 (m, 11Η, ring-H); 13C NMR (100.4 MHz, D2O): 163.3 (CO), 145.6 (C-4), 144.6 (C-6), 143.9 (C-2), 134.5 (C- 3), 128.6 (C-5), 72.0 (C-I'), 33.1 (C-2' and C-6'), 25.8 (C-3' and C-5'), 24.9 (C-4'); MS: m/z (FAB+) 205.0 (M++l).M/z calcd for C12H17N2O 205.1341 found 205.1339.
3-Carboxy-l-phenyl-pyridinium
The crude product was purified by Flash chromatography, eluted with DCM: methanol 5:2. Yellow solid was given in 83% yield. Analytical data was obtained by crystallization from methanol and ether.
Mp: 235-237°C (crystallized from methanol/ether), IR: 3370, 3140, 1687, 1491, 1398,
1256, 766, 680; 1H NMR (270 MHz, D2O): 9.55 (s, IH, H-I), 9.21 (d, J= 5.5, IH, H-6),
9.06 (d, J= 8.1, IH, H-4), 8.34 (m, IH, H-5), 7.75 (s, 5H, ArH); 13C NMR (100.4 MHz, D2O): 165.7 (CO), 146.7 (C-4), 144.9 (C-6), 144.5 (C-2), 134.0 (ArCl), 132.0 (C-5), 130.6
(ArC2 and C6), 128.5 (ArC4), 124.2 (ArC3 and ArC5); MS: m/z (FAB+) 199.1 (M++l).
Ci2HnN2O 199.0871 found 199.0871. 3-CarbamoyI-l-decyI-pyridinium
The cruded product was crystallized from methanol and ether. Yellow oil was given which was further purified by Silica column (DCM: methanol 5:1). Yield 66%. IR: 3257, 3075, 2920, 2852, 1703, 1512, 1451, 1407, 1335, 1144, 805, 679; 1H NMR (270 MHz, D2O): 9.29 (s, IH, H-2), 9.00 (d, J=6.0, IH, H6), 8.88 (d, J=8.3, IH5 H4), 8.17 (dd, J=8.3, 6.0, IH, H5), 4.78 (m, 2H, CH2-N), 3.33 (MeOH), 2.05 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.23 (m, 14H, 7CH2), 0.83 (m, 3Η, CH3); 13C NMR (100.4 MHz, D2O): 165.3 (CO), 146.6 (C4), 144.3 (C2), 143.9 (C6), 134.0 (C3), 128.6 (C5), 62.7 (CH2-CO), 31.7 (CH2), 31.2 (CH2), 29.3 (CH2), 29.2 (CH2), 29.1 (CH2), 28.8 (CH2), 25.8 (CH2), 22.6 (CH2), 13.9 (CH3); MS: m/z (FAB+) 263.0 (M+-H). M/z calcd for C16H27N2O 263.2123 found 263.2126.
3-Carbamoyl-l-(2-hydroxy-l-hydroxymethyI-2-phenyl-ethyl)-pyridinium
Yellow oil was obtained after flash chromatography (DCM: methanol 5:1) in 100% yield. IR: 3350, 3158, 1702, 1646, 1448, 1401, 1289, 1019, 678; 1H NMR (270 MHz, D2O): 9.27 (s, IH, H2), 9.04 (d, J=6.2, IH, H-6), 8.94 (d, J=8.4, IH, H-4), 8.18 (m, IH, H-5), 7.35 (m, 5H, ArH), 5.45 (m, IH, CH-N), 5.12 (m, 1Η, CH-OΗ), 4.14 (m, 2Η, CH2-OH); 13C NMR (100.4 MHz, D2O): 165.7 (CO), 146.4 (C4), 144.9 (C2), 144.1 (C6), 138.3 (ArCl), 133.7 (C3), 129.2 (ArC3 and C5), 128.2 (C5), 126.1 (ArC2 and C6), 126.7 (ArC4); MS: m/z (FAB+) 273.1 (M++l). HPLC: 10.20 (RP-18, WL 254 Acetonitrile/water gradient 5-5%). M/z calcd for C15H17N2O3 273.1239 found 273.1238.
Procedure for 3-earboxamide hydrolysis
3 -Carbamoyl- 1 -(2 -hydroxy- 1 -hydroxymethyl-2-phenyl-ethyl)-pyridinium (200mg, 1.02mmol) was added concentrated HCl (3 ml). This reaction mixture was then heated to reflex for 2h and then kept at r.t for overnight. Removal of solvent gave crude product, which was crystallized from acetone to give yellow solid in over 80% yield. 3-Carboxy-l-(2-hydroxy-l-hydroxymethyl-2-phenyl-ethyI)-pyridinium
IR: 1731, 1636, 1402, 1298, 1173, 1H NMR (270 MHz, D2O): 9.27 (s, IH, H-I), 9.02 (m, 2H, H-6 and 4), 8.16 (m, IH, H-5), 7.54-7.30 (m, 5H, ArH), 5.48 (m, IH, CH-N), 5.12 (m, IH, CH-OH), 4.12 (m, 2H, CH2-OH); 13C NMR (100.4 MHz, D2O): 165.6 (CO), 146.6 (C4), 146.5 (C2), 145.3 (C6), 138.3 (ArCl), 129.2 (ArC3 and C5), 128.1 (C5), 126.1 (ArC2 and C6) 79.2 (CH-N), 69.8 (CH2-OH), 60.3 (CH-OH); MS: m/z (FAB+) 274 (M++l).m/z calcd for C15H16NO4 274.1074 found 274.1077. HPLC: 7.45min (RP-18, WL 254 Acetonitrile/water gradient 5-50%).
S-Carboxy-l-cyclohexyl-pyridinium
Yellow solid was given after crystallized from acetone. Yield 80%. Mp: 235-237, 1H NMR (270 MHz, D2O): 9.56 (s, IH, H-2), 9.49 (d, J= 5.5, IH, H-6), 8.94 (d, J= 8.1, IH, H-4), 8.28 (m, IH, H-5), 4.86 (m, 1Η, CH-i % 2.14-1.07 (m, 11Η, ring-H); 13C NMR (100.4 MHz, D2O): 163.6 (CO), 146.5 (C-4), 145.9 (C-6), 145.6 (C-2), 131.8 (C- 3), 129.1 (C-5), 71.9 (C-I'), 33.1 (C-2' and C-6'), 25.8 (C-3' and C-5'), 24.8 (C-4'); MS: m/z (FAB+) 206.1 (M++l).
Synthesis of Pyridinium Salt in Solvent System (Example 21)
model compound (III).
Figure imgf000075_0001
(III) The synthesis of pyridinium salts was shown in (a).
Figure imgf000076_0001
(a) Synthesis of Pyridinium Salts in Solvent System.
The Bromoacetylamides were prepared [1] in ether at -10 0C in a yield at 60-80% and the following alkylation reaction was carried out in DMF at 60-70 0C in the dark.
Figure imgf000076_0002
(b) List of amides
Figure imgf000077_0001
(b) List of Pyridinium salts.
HPLC of the pyridinium salts (Example 22).
The purity of the pyridinium salts was determined by HPLC [2] (RP-18; WL 254, Flow rate: lml/min; acetonitrile/water 5-50% gradient). Some of the results are shown in Figure 5.
Biological Data (Example 23)
Biological data is presented in Figures 1 to 4. These experiments were carried out as described above in the description of the figures. The effect of externally applied CMA008 on calcium release in response to photolysis of NPE-NAADP in intact sea urchin eggs (Example 24)
Sea urchin eggs of Lytechinus pictus were obtained by intracoelomic injection of 0.5 M KCl shed into artificial sea water (in mM, NaCl 435, MgCl2 40, MgSO4 15, CaCl2 11, KCl 10, NaHCO3 2.5, EDTA 1), dejellied by passing through 90-mm nylon mesh, and then washed twice by centrifugation. Eggs were transferred to polylysine-coated glass coverslips for microinjection and microscopy. Oregon Green 488 BAPTA (l,2-bis(2- aminophenoxy)emane-N,N,iV9,iV9-tetraacetic acid dextran; Molecular Probes) was pressure-micro injected (Picospritzer; World Precision Instruments). The calcium- sensitive dye was imaged by laser-scanning confocal microscopy (Leica model TCS NT) using the 488-nm line of an argon ion laser for excitation, and the emission was long passfiltered (515 nm) and detected with a photomultiplier tube. Caged NAADP (29P-(I -(2- nitrophenyl)ethyl) NAADP; Molecular Probes) was purified further by high performance liquid chromatography to remove small amounts of contaminating free NAADP. Caged NAADP were photolyzed with ultraviolet light (351- and 364-nm lines) from an argon ion laser (Enterprise model 651 ; Coherent) that was directed into the scanning head by a quartz fiber optic cable. The spatial location of photolysis was controlled via a shutter that was placed in the light path of the ultraviolet laser. This resulted in a band of UV across the image with the position and width of the band being controllable. The confocal images were processed with the software NIH Image to create a self ratio by dividing the intensity (F) of each image on a pixel by pixel basis by the intensity of an image acquired before stimulation (Fo). Time courses of F/Fo are plotted against time. Results are shown of the effect of externally applied CMA008 on the effect of photolysing NPE-NAADP. CMA008 (10 mM) blocks the effect of photolysis of NPE-NAADP (1 μM) on calcium release in intact sea urchin eggs, supporting the notion of membrane permeance of CMA008. The biological data for these experiments is presented in Figure 6 (see also the description of the figures above). Effect of externally applied CMA008 (l-Carbamoylmethyl-S-carboxy-pyridinium iodide) on CCK-induced oscillations of Ca2+ in pancreatic acinar cells from single cell imaging measurements. (Example 25)
Pancreatic acinar cells were seeded onto poly-lysine-coated number 1 glass coverslips and loaded with calcium indicator by incubating cells with 1-5 mM fura-2 acetoxymethylester (Molecular Probes; Leiden, Holland) for 60 min at room temperature. After the loading period, cells were subsequently washed and maintained in buffer at room temperature and used immediately. Cells were excited alternately with 340 and 380 nm light (emission 510 run), and ratio image of clusters 5 were recorded every 4-5 s, using a 12-bit CCD camera (MicroMax; Princeton Instruments, NJ).
All experiments were conducted at room temperature. CMA008 (l-Carbamoylmethyl-3- carboxy-pyridinium iodide) was dissolved in 50%DMSO. Final concentration of DMSO was 0.5% in the solution (composition in mM:140 NaCl, 4.7 KCl, 1 CaCl2, 1.13 MgCl2, 10 HEPES, 10 Glucose, pH adjusted to 7.2). The inhibition of CCK-evoked calcium spiking, both pre- and post-applied with respect to CCK (5 pM), was consistent with inhibition of NAADP-induced calcium release by CMA008 (1 mM). The biological data for these experiments is presented in Figure 7 (see also the description of the figures above).
SUMMARY
Novel chemical entities that modulate the release of intracellular calcium by a novel mechanism from a specific store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate are described. These small molecules are cell permeable and have been shown to inter alia modulate calcium spikes in mammalian beta cells. NAADP mediated calcium stores are found in a wide range of mammalian cells including brain, heart, pancreatic acinar and T-cells. These and related compounds may thus find application as novel therapeutic agents and as probes for biological assays.
Nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NAADP) displays a carboxylate at the 3- position of the pyridinium, unlike the carboxamide displayed by the related biological co- substrate nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADP). It has recently emerged that low concentrations of NAADP (approx. 10OnM) causes release of calcium from a discrete intracellular store that is not addressed by any other second chemical messenger, such as cADPR or l,4,5-InsP3. Despite being a close analogue NADP is not active. Studies on closely related NAADP analogues confirmed strong specificity at the nicotinic acid position. Strong specificity is often accompanied by sub-sites that are responsible for tight binding interactions with the ligand and the inventors reasoned that small molecule analogues might bind at such a sub-site and by competing with the natural ligand, potentially act as modulators of this novel biological mechanism.
Simple pyridinium salts of nicotinic acid have been prepared and have been shown to modulate calcium release in model systems, such as sea urchin homogenate, as well as mammalian pancreatic cells. The compounds were applied outside of the cell, yet demonstrated potent activity so confirming that they are cell permeable.
It is believed that these novel molecules act by binding to the NAADP receptor at a sub- site responsible for binding the nicotinic acid portion of the ligand.
Such compounds provide a powerful basis for the development of novel therapeutics that act by modulating calcium signals critical to controlling a number of important biological processes, such as fertility, insulin production, T-cell activation, controlling the frequency of heart muscle contractions and the activity of brain cells.
The chemical entities described herein may be used either for assays, or themselves developed into novel pharmaceutical agents that intercept and control this important biological pathway. Examples of diseases that feature aberrant intracellular calcium signalling are manifold and include diabetes, while the role of calcium in the activation of
T-cells offers the prospect of control of the immune system. That NAADP receptors have been shown to be active in the brain suggests a possible role for controlling neurological diseases.
The chemical entities described will potentially be applicable for the modulation of any disease due to aberrant NAADP induced calcium release. The general structure of the compounds may find application for other biological targets that feature related binding sites for nicotinic acid/amide derivatives.
REFERENCES
[1] T. Hamas, D. A. Culkin, J. F. Hartwig, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2003, 125 (37), 11176- 11177. [2] M. A. Lago, T. T. Nguyen, P. Bhatnagar, Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, 39, 3885-3888.
EXAMPLE SECTION TWO
In this section reference is made to work done on preferred embodiments of the present invention. The same definitions as provided herein also apply to this section.
In this section reference is made to the following Figures:
Figure 8 - which presents some structures
Figure 9 - which presents some data in the form of a bar chart
Figure 10 - which presents some trace data
Figure 11 - which presents some additional trace data
Figure 12 - which presents some graphical data
Figure 13 - which presents some graphical data
Figure 14 - which presents some graphical data
Figure 15 - which presents some graphical data
Figure 16 - which presents some graphical data
In this respect, and as presented above, the invention concerns inter alia the use of compounds of the formula (I):
Figure imgf000082_0001
(D
wherein:
Rl comprises a carbonyl group R2 is a hydrocarbyl group;
optionally wherein said ring is further substituted; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
reating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
Typically the carbonyl group is a carboxyl group.
In a particular preferred aspect the compounds are formulated and/or administered in effective amounts to patients suffering from thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematosis, graft rejection, Type II diabetes or cardiac arrhythmia.
hi a more particular preferred aspect the compounds are formulated and/or administered in effective amounts to patients suffering from multiple sclerosis or rheumatoid arthritis or graft rejection.
hi a more particular preferred aspect the compounds are formulated and/or administered in effective amounts to patients suffering from multiple sclerosis.
We have found that compounds of the formula (Al) (shown below) are particularly favourable for the treatment of thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematosis, graft rejection, Type II diabetes or cardiac arrhythmia; more particularly multiple sclerosis or rheumatoid arthritis; more particularly multiple sclerosis.
A compound of formula (Al):
Figure imgf000084_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2 or (H5H); wherein Rl is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; wherein R2 is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; optionally wherein Rl and R2 can be linked so as to define a hydrocarbyl ring structure such as cyclohexyl or -(CH)n-cyclohexyl (wherein n is an integer) or heterocylic ring structures such as
Figure imgf000085_0001
or
— N N-Me
or
— N O
wherein R3 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
(such as aryl or methoxy aryl); wherein R4 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
(such as aryl or methoxy aryl); wherein R5 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
(such as aryl or methoxy aryl); wherein R6 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group (such as an oxyhydrocarbyl group); wherein X ~ is an optional anion, such as Br"; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
Any one or more of R3, R4, R5 and R6 can be an aryl group.
Rl need not be the same as R2. R3 need not be the same as R4 or R5 or R6. R4 need not be the same as R3 or R5 or R6. R5 need not be the same as R3 or R4 or R6. R6 need not be the same as R3 or R4 or R5.
Preferably Rl is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group; and R2 is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group; optionally wherein Rl and R2 can be linked so as to define a hydrocarbyl ring structure. R3 and R4 may optionally be fused to form a ring structure.
Preferred examples of compounds falling within this scope are as follows:
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000086_0003
Figure imgf000087_0001
(as well as similar structures wherein the non-heterocylic ring is saturated.)
Figure imgf000087_0002
Figure imgf000087_0003
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
A more preferred compound of formula (Al) is that of formula (B) (as shown below) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a mimetic thereof or a bioisotere thereof. Sometimes the compound of formula (B) is referred to as "BZ52". The term "mimetic" relates to any chemical which has the same qualitative activity or effect as a reference agent.
BZ52 has the formula:
Figure imgf000089_0002
The Zwitterion form of BZ52 has the formula:
Figure imgf000089_0003
The synthesis details for BZ52 and similar structures now follow.
Material and methods
Thin layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on precoated plates (Merck TLC aluminum sheets silica 60 F254) with eluants as indicated. The compounds were detected using a UV lamp at 254nm. Flash chromatography was carried out using Sorbisil C60 silica gel. Reagents were obtained from commercial sources and used without further purification unless otherwise stated.
1H and 13C NMR spectra were recorded on either a JEOL GX270 or Varian 400 MHz spectrometer. Coupling constants, J, are measured in Hertz (Hz) and the following abbreviations have been used: s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; m, multiplet; br, broad. Unless otherwise stated chemical shifts were measured in parts per million (ppm) relative to residual protonated solvent.
Melting points were determined using a Reichert Jung Thermo Galen Kofler block and are uncorrected. Mass spectra were recorded using positive and negative fast atom bombardment (FAB) with 3-nitro benzyl alcohol (NBA) as a matrix carrier.
Synthesis of the pyridinium salts
Figure imgf000091_0001
Synthesis of pyridinium salts: i) Ether, -10 0C, 0.5h; ii) DMF, 60 0C, overnight in the dark.
Procedure of preparing bromoacetylamides.
Amine (3ml, 24mmol) was added dropwise to a stirring solution of 2-bromo-acetylbromide (10 ml, 12mmol) at -10°C. The temperature of the reaction mixture was kept below 0 0C to avoid any possible side reactions. When the reaction was complete, cold water was added to dissolve the precipitated inorganic salt. The organic layer was separated and washed successively with aqueous acetic acid (20 ml, IM), aqueous NaOH (20 ml, IM) and finally with saturated brine. After removal of the ether, the crude product was used for alkylation directly without further purification. Analytical data was obtained after recrystallization or flash chromatography. Example - BZ52
2-Bromo-N, N-dibutylacetamide
Figure imgf000092_0001
IR: 2959, 2932, 2872, 1648, 1460, 1376, 1209, 1098; 1H NMR (270 MHz, CDCl3): 3.77 (s, 2H, CO-CH2), 3.23 (m, 4H, 2NCH2), 1.48 (m, 4H, 2CH2), 1.25 (m, 4Η, 2CH2), 0.86 (m, 6Η, 2CH3); 13C NMR (100.4 MHz, CDCl3): 166.28, 48.86, 46.22, 31.60, 29.70, 26.97, 20.46, 14.27, 14.19; MS m/z (FAB+) 250.0 (M++l), 170 (M+-Br), 128 (M+-BrCOCH2); HRMS (FAB, positive) calcd. for (M+H)+ C10H21 79BrNO 250.08065 found 250.07976; calcd for (M+H)+ C10H21 81BrNO+ 252.07861 found 252.07828
General procedure for alkylation reaction
1 equivalent of nicotinic acid (or a derivative thereof prepared by methods known to those versed in the art) and 1 equivalent of 2-bromoacetylamide is dissolved in dry DMF (4ml). The reaction mixture is then heated at 60°C for 12 h in dark. After removal of the DMF by evaporation under reduced pressure, the product is obtained as an oil after flash chromatography or is crystallized from methanol/ether.
S-Carboxy-l-dibutylcarbamoylmethyl-pyridinium (BZ52)
Figure imgf000093_0001
IR: 2924, 2854, 1720, 1459, 1377, 1215; 1H NMR (270 MHz, D2O): 9.26 (s, IH, H-2), 9.10 (m, IH, H-6), 8.90 (m, IH, H-4), 8.24 (m, IH, H-S), 5.82 (s, 2H, COCH2), 3.44 (m, 4H, 2CH2), 1.72 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.54 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.40 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.30 (m, 2H, CH2), 0.92 (m, 6H, 2CH3); 13C NMR (100.4 MHz, D2O): 164.25, 163.60, 149.94, 148.20, 146.54, 131.01, 128.30, 62.03, 47.26, 46.60, 30.93, 30.14, 20.51, 20.44, 14.66, 14.64; MS: m/z (FAB+) 293 (M++!); HRMS (FAB, positive) calcd. for C16H25N2O3 + 293.18597 found 293.18757
Biological test data for BZ52 now follow.
Immunosuppressive potential of BZ52-type NAADP antagonists
1. Background
Autoimmune diseases/chronic inflammations can be treated by immunsuppressive drugs. However, many of the drugs used today are not very specific (steroidal immunosuppressants; cytotstatic drugs) or do have severe side effects (cyclosporine A). T cell activation is a major event in the auto-immune response. We have identified a novel important signalling pathway in T cell activation, the nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NAADP)/Ca2+ pathway.
The present invention concerns inter alia the blockade of the (NAADP)/Ca2+ signalling pathway by analogues of NAADP for the treatment of autoimmune diseases/chronic inflammations and graft-host rejections.
2. Inhibitory effect of BZ 52 on Ca2+ signalling in T cells
Microinjection of NAADP into Jurkat T cells induced a rapid (peak) and sustained
(plateau) Ca2+ signal that was not seen when intracellular buffer was injected (Fig. S2.2).
Co-injection of BZ52 almost completely antagonized the effect of NAADP (Fig. S2.2).
Evidence for the specificity of the inhibitory effect of BZ52 was obtained by co-injection with the Ca2+ mobilizing second messenger D-myo-inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate (IP3). In these experiments IP3 induced a similar Ca2+ signal consisting of a rapid (peak) and sustained (plateau) phase as compared to NAADP. However, no difference between the presence and absence of BZ52 was observed (Fig. S2.2).
Fig. 9 shows the inhibitory effect of BZ 52 on Ca2+ signalling evoked by microinjection of Ca2+ mobilizing second messengers in human Jurkat T cells NAADP (final concentration 100 nM), IP3 (final concentration 4 μM), and BZ52 (final concentration 1 mM) were injected into single Jurkat T cells while [Ca2+J1 was analyzed by Ca + imaging. Data are presented as mean±SEM (n = 4 to 13).
Fig 10 shows the calcium traces from an individual cell microinjected with BZ52 as described for Fig 9. Effect of NAADP-microinjection and co-injection with BZ52 (1 mM) on [Ca +], in human Jurkat T-Lymphocytes. Upper panel: microinjection of 100 nM NAADP (arrow), middle panel: microinjection of the vehicle buffer (arrow), lower panel: co-microinjection of 100 nM NAADP plus 1 mM BZ52 (arrow).
Assuming that the NAADP/Ca2+ signalling system plays an important role in T cell receptor/CD3 mediated activation, one would expect an inhibitory effect of BZ 52 on stimulation of rat encephalitogenic CD4-positive T cells via CD3 crosslinking. Thus, Fura2-loaded rat encephalitogenic CD4-positive T cells (resting) were stimulated by anti- CD3 followed by crosslinking of the primary antibody (Fig. 11, black line). A rapid high increase of [Ca +], followed by a briefly elevated sustained phase was observed. Preincubation of the cells for 60 min with 500 μM BZ52 significantly inhibited Ca2+ signalling upon CD3 -crosslinking (Fig. 11 , grey line)
Fig. 11 shows the inhibitory effect of BZ 52 on Ca2+ signalling evoked by crosslinking of CD3 in rat encephalitogenic rat T cells
Fura2-loaded rat T cells were analyzed for [Ca2+J1 by fluorimetry. First arrow indicates addition of anti-CD3 mAb, second arrow indicates addition of a crosslinking secondary antibody. In case of BZ 52 cells were preincubated with BZ 52 (500 μM) for 60 min at RT.
3. Inhibitory effect of BZ52 on antigen and mitogen induced proliferation in myelin- basic protein (MBP) specific, CD4-positive rat T cells
A more downstream event of T cell activation was analyzed in myelin-basic protein (MBP) specific, CD4-positive rat T cells. These cells can be driven into proliferation by MBP presented by irradiated thymocytes or by the mitogen concanavalin A (ConA).
BZ52 concentration-dependently blocked both MBP- and ConA-mediated proliferation. IC50 values were approx. 100 μM for ConA mediated and 500 μM for MBP mediated proliferation (Fig. 12).
Fig. 12 shows the inhibitory effect of BZ52 on antigen and mitogen induced proliferation in myelin-basic protein (MBP) specific, CD4-positive rat T cells
Data are presented as mean ± SD from one representative experiment carried out in quadruplicates.
In contrast to its inhibitory effect on proliferating T cells (Fig. 12), BZ52 up to 500 μM did not much reduce the number of T cell blasts when incubated with these cells for 48 h (Fig. 13). This indicates that BZ52 does not have a large cytotoxic effect per se on resting cells, but such as affects proliferating T cells.
Fig. 13 shows the toxicity assay of BZ52 on non-proliferating myelin-basic protein (MBP) specific, CD4-positive rat T cell blasts
Data are presented as mean ± SD from one representative experiment carried out in triplicates. 4. Protective effect of BZ52 in the multiple sclerosis model experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE)
Transfer of MBP-specific CD4-positive T cells was used at day 0 to induce experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE) in Lewis rats. Animals injected with PBS (vehicle) or nicotinic acid (control compound with structural similarities to BZ52) developed severe paralysis of tail and rear legs due to the inflammation. Clinical symptoms started day 3.5 and reached their maxima day 4 to 6 (or 6.5). Between day 3.5 and day 6, no difference between PBS and nicotinic acid was observed, whereas a beneficial effect of BZ52 was visible (Fig. 14). Animals treated with BZ52 showed a less rapid increase of symptoms, a decreased maximum score and a more rapid decline of clinical symptoms as compared to the other two groups (Fig. 14).
Fig. 14 shows the protective effect of BZ52 in transfer experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE)
Animals (6 per group, body weight approx. 150 g) were injected i.p. twice per day with either PBS (vehicle control), nicotinic acid (50 μmol/100 g body weight), or BZ 52 (50 μmol/100 g body weight). Clinical scores indicate the degree of paralysis of tail and legs. Data are presented as mean±SD from one representative experiment (n = 6).
The beneficial effect of BZ52 is also mirrored by a less pronounced decrease in body weight, a marker for the disease that is less operator-based as compared to clinical scores (Fig. 15).
Fig. 15 shows the protective effect of BZ52 in transfer experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE)
Animals (6 per group, body weight approx. 150 g) were injected i.p. twice per day with either PBS (vehicle control), nicotinic acid (50 μmol/100 g body weight), or BZ 52 (50 μmol/100 g body weight). Body weight was set to zero on day zero and changes relative to the initial body weight are displayed. Data are presented as mean±SD from one representative experiment (n = 6).
Since GFP-transfected encephalitogenic T cells were used for the transfer EAE experiment, the localization of these cells was determined on day 4 post transfer in different organs of one animal. It is known from previous studies (Flϋgel, Immunity) that the transferred encephalitogenic T cells first move to the parathymic lymph nodes, and then migrate via the spleen to the CNS (day 4). Fig. 16 demonstrates that the number of CNS-inflltrating encephalitogenic T cells decreased by about 50 %. hi addition, the number of encephalitogenic T cells was reduced significantly.
Fig. 16 shows the effect of BZ52 on the localization of encephalitogenic T cells on day 4 post transfer in transfer experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE)
Animals (6 per group, body weight approx. 150 g) were injected i.p. twice per day with either PBS (vehicle control), nicotinic acid (50 μmol/100 g body weight), or BZ 52 (50 μmol/100 g body weight). One animal per group was sacrificed on day 4 and the number of GFP-transfected cells was determined for the organs displayed. Data are corrected for organ mass and presented as mean±SD from one representative experiment.
Methods
Ratiometric Ca2+ imaging of Jurkat T cells
The Jurkat T cells were loaded with fura-2/AM and kept in the dark at room temperature until use. Glass coverslips were coated first with BSA (5 mg/ml) and subsequently with poly-L-lysine (0.1 mg/ml). Small chamber slides consisting of a rubber O-ring were sealed on thin (0.1 mm) glass coverslips by silicon grease. Then, 60 μl buffer A containing 140 mM NaCl, 5 mM KCl, 1 mM MgSO4, 1 mM CaCl2, 1 mM NaH2PO4, 5.5 mM glucose, and
20 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), and 40 μl cell suspension (2*106 cells/ml) suspended in the same buffer were added into the small chamber [14] and the coverslip was mounted on the stage of a fluorescence microscope (Leica DM IRE2). Ratiometric Ca + imaging was performed as described earlier. In brief, we used an Improvision imaging system (Heidelberg, Germany) built around the Leica microscope at 100-fold magnification. Illumination at 340 and 380 nm was carried out using a monochromator system (Polychromator IV, TILL Photonics, Graefelfing, Germany). Images were taken with a gray-scale CCD camera (type C4742-95-12ER; Hamamatsu, Enfield, United Kingdom; operated in 8-bit mode). The optimal relation of spatial to temporal resolution for the ratiometric measurements was obtained using a spatial resolution of 512x640 pixel, resulting in a pixel length of 129 nm/pixel (at 100-fold magnification). The acquisition rate was 1 ratio/sec. Raw data images were stored on hard disk. Ratio images (340/380) were constructed pixel by pixel, and finally, ratio values were converted to Ca2+ concentrations by external calibration. Data processing was performed using Openlab software v3.0.9, (Improvision, Tubingen, Germany).
Microinjection into Jurkat T cells
Microinjections were carried out as described. Briefly, we used an Eppendorf system (transjector type 5246, micromanipulator type 5171, Eppendorf-Netheler-Hinz, Hamburg, Germany) with Femtotips II as pipettes. NAADP was diluted to its final concentration in intracellular buffer (20 mM HEPES, 110 mM KCl, 2 mM MgCl2, 5 mM KH2PO4, 10 mM NaCl, pH 7.2) and filtered (0.2 μm) before use. Injections were made using the semiautomatic mode of the system with the following instrumental settings: injection pressure 60 hPa, compensatory pressure 30 hPa, injection time 0.3 - 0.5 s and velocity of the pipette 700 μm/s. Under such conditions the injection volume was 1 - 1.5% of the cell volume .
Ca2+ measurements in intact T cell suspensions
Intact Jurkat T-lymphocytes were loaded with fura2/AM. Ratiometric determination of [Ca2+J1 was carried out in cell suspension in a Hitachi F2000 fluorometer at room temperature at excitation wavelengths of 340 and 380 nm (alternating) and an emission wavelength of 495 nm. Each experiment was calibrated by addition of Triton XlOO (10 % v/v final concentration) to obtain the maximal ratio and subsequent addition of 4 mM EGT A/40 mM Tris-base to obtain the minimal ratio. In vitro proliferation assay (rat encephalitogenic T cells) :
Resting MBP-GFP T cells were plated in 96- wells (5 x 104 well) and stimulated by the aaddddiittiioonn ooff 1 thymocytes (1,5 x 106/ well) and MBP (lOμg/ml) or ConA (1.25μg/ml), respectively.
After 2 days 3H- thymidine {Amersham Biosciences) was added to the activated cells (final concentration 4μCi/ml); after 16h of incubation 3H- thymidine incorporation was measured (Matrix 9600- Direct Beta Counter Packad).
In vitro toxicity assay (rat encephalitogenic T cells):
Resting MBP-GFP Tcells were plated in 96- wells (5 x 104 /well). Substances to test were added at different concentration to the cells and incubated for Ih.
Cells stimulated by the addition of thymocytes (1,5 x 106 / well) and MBP.
Absolute numbers of MBP-GFP T cells were determined by quantitative cytofluorometrical analysis after 24 and 48 hours (FACS-Calibur BektonDickinsoή).
Activated MBP-GFP Tcells were also incubated with different concentration of substances to test and absolute numbers of MBP-GFP T cells were determined by quantitative cytofluorometrical analysis after 24 and 48 hours (FACS-Calibur BektonDickinsoή).
In vivo toxicity assay (Lewis rat):
Nicotinic acid or substance BZ52 were injected i.p. to recipient healthy Lewis rats twice a day for 6 days at the following concentrations: lOOμM (15μmol substance / 15Og body weight) and 500μM (75μmol substance / 15Og body weight). Weight of the animals was measured twice a day.
Rats were sacrificed after 7 days and spleen, spinal cord and parathymic lymph nodes were prepared.
Absolute numbers of TMBP-GFP cells in the organs were determined by quantitative cytofluorometrical analysis (FACS-Calibur BektonDickinsoή).
EAE induction (Lewis rat):
Transfer of TGFP Cells:
5 x 10 activated MBP specific- GFP Tcells were transferred i.v. into recipient Lewis rats. Clinical EAE was graded in five scores: 0.5, loss of tail tonus; 1, tail paralysis; 2, gait disturbance; 3, hind limb paralysis; 4, tetraparesis; 5, death.
Animals' weight was measured twice a day.
REFERENCES FOR SECTION TWO
Ratiometric Ca2+ imaging of Jurkat T cells
S. Kunerth, M.F. Langhorst, N. Schwarzmann, X. Gu, L. Huang, Z. Yang, L. Zhang., S. J. Mills, L.-h. Zhang, B.V.L. Potter, A.H. Guse Amplification and propagation of pacemaker Ca2+ signals by cyclic ADP-ribose and the type 3 ryanodine receptor in T cells J. Cell Sci.,117, 2141-2149 (2004)
Microinjection into Jurkat T cells
M.F. Langhorst, N. Schwarzmann, A.H. Guse Ca2+ release via ryanodine receptors and Ca2+ entry: major mechanisms in NAADP-mediated Ca2+ signaling in T-lymphocytes Cell. Signal., 16, 1283-1289 (2004)
W. Dammermann, A.H. Guse. Functional ryanodine receptor expression is required for NAADP-mediated local Ca2+ signaling in T-lymphocytes, J. Biol. Chem. 2005 Mar 17
Ca2+ measurements in intact T cell suspensions
G.K. Wagner, S. Black, A.H. Guse, and B.V.L. Potter First enzymatic synthesis of an Nl-cyclised cADPR (cyclic- ADP-ribose) analogue with an hypoxanthine partial structure: discovery of a membrane permeant cADPR agonist, Chem. Commun. 1944-1945 (2003)
N. Schwarzmann, S. Kunerth, K. Weber, G. W. Mayr, and A.H. Guse Knock-down of the type 3 ryanodine receptor impairs sustained Ca2+ signaling via the T cell receptor/CD3 complex J. Biol. Chem. 277, 50636-50642 (2002) Establishment of encephalitogenic T cells and tEAE model
A. Flϋgel, M. Willem, T. Berkowicz, H. Wekerle. (1999) Gene transfer into CD4+ T lymphocytes: Green fluorescent protein-engineered, encephalitogenic T cells illuminate brain autoimmune responses. Nature Medicine 5, 843-847.
A. Flϋgel, T. Berkowicz, T. Ritter, M. Labeur, Z. Li, J.W. Ellwart, D. Jenne, M. Willem, H. Lassmann, and H. Wekerle. (2001) Migratory activity and functional changes of genetically engineered green fluorescent effector T cells before and during experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis. Immunity 14: 547-560.
EXAMPLE SECTION THREE - PART A
In this section reference is made to work done on preferred embodiments of the present invention. The same definitions as provided herein also apply to this section.
As indicated above, we have found that compounds of the formula (Al) (shown below) are particularly favourable for the treatment of thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematosis, graft rejection, Type II diabetes or cardiac arrhythmia; more particularly multiple sclerosis or rheumatoid arthritis; more particularly multiple sclerosis.
A compound of formula (Al):
Figure imgf000104_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2 or (H,H); wherein Rl is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; wherein R2 is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; optionally wherein Rl and R2 can be linked so as to define a hydrocarbyl ring structure such as cyclohexyl or -(CH)n-cyclohexyl (wherein n is an integer) or heterocylic ring structures such as
Figure imgf000104_0002
or — N N-Me
or
— N O
wherein R3 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
(such as aryl or methoxy aryl); wherein R4 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
(such as aryl or methoxy aryl); wherein R5 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
(such as aryl or methoxy aryl)'; wherein R6 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group (such as an oxyhydrocarbyl group); wherein X ~ is an optional anion, such as Br"; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
The present invention covers such compounds in per se form, in composition form, processes for making same, uses of same and methods of treatment using same as herein described.
For some aspects, a preferred compound according to the present invention has the general formula (C):
Figure imgf000105_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O; wherein one of Rl and R2 is H, and the other of Rl and R2 is hydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H; wherein R4 is H; wherein R5 is H; wherein R6 is H; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
Examples of these compounds have already been described herein. Another example of a preferred compound of formula (C) is that of formula (D) (as shown below) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a mimetic thereof or a bioisotere thereof. Sometimes the compound of formula (D) is referred to as "BZl 94". The term "mimetic" relates to any chemical which has the same qualitative activity or effect as a reference agent.
Figure imgf000106_0001
BZ194
Formula (D)
Synthesis of BZ194
Figure imgf000106_0002
Synthetic approach to BZl 94
2-Bromo-N-Octylacetamide 1
A solution of bromoacetylbromide (1.0 mL, 11.5 mmol) in ether (10 mL) was cooled to - 15-2O0C in an ice-salt bath, to which was added dropwise a solution of octylamine (3.8 mL, 23.0 mmol) in ether (10 mL). The resulting white suspension was stirred at this temperature for 0.5 h and then was warmed up to room temperature, followed by addition of H2O (20 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed in sequence with solutions of HCl (2 x 20 mL), NaOH (2 x 20 mL) and H2O (20 mL) and, was dried over MgSO4. The solvent was removed by evaporation in vacuo and the resulting residue was further purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0-10% hexane against DCM to give the title compound as a colourless oil in over 70% yield. This method was used as a general approach to synthesise similar amides with different side-chains. The yields of these amides are normally more than 60%;Η NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 6.52 (brs, IH, NH), 3.92 (s, 2H, CH2CO), 3.30 (s, 2H, CH2N), 1.56 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.31 (m, 1OH, 5CH2), 0.91 (t, J6.5 Hz, 3H, CH3); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 100.5 MHz) δ 165.19, 40.30, 31.79, 29.47, 29.28, 29.21, 29.18, 26.83, 22.65, 14.13; HRMS Calcd. for (M+H)+ C10H21 79BrNO+ (FAB, positive) 250.08065; found: 250.08010; Calcd. for (M+H)+ C10H21 81BrNO+ 252.0786; found: 252.0787.
S-Carboxy-l-Octylcarbamoylmethyl-Pyridinium (BZ194)
To a suspension of nicotinic acid (200 mg, 1.6 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL) was added 2-bromo-N-octylacetamide 1 (380 mg, 1.6 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 6O0C and stirred in the dark overnight. The DMF was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was again dissolved in a small amount of MeOH (1-2 mL). To the resulting clear solution was added ether (20 mL) and the white precipitate was filtered and washed with ether. Purification using flash column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0- 10% MeOH against DCM gave the title compound as a white solid in more than 80% yield. The title compound was further purified by crystallisation from MeOH/acetone giving BZ 194 as needle-like crystals; 1H NMR (DMSO6, 270 MHz) δ 9.45 (s, IH, HN-2), 9.07 (s, J6i5 5.9 Hz, IH, HN-6), 8.94 (s, J4,5 8.2 Hz, IH, HN-4), 8.51 (m, IH, NH), 8.22 (dd, J5,6 5.9 Hz, J5;4 8.2 Hz, IH, H-5), 5.45 (s, 2H, CH2CO), 3.03 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.39-1.18 (m, 12H, 6CH2), 0.78 (m, 3H, CH3); 13C NMR (DMSO6, 100.5 MHz) δ 164.39, 163.53, 149.66, 147.89, 146.36, 130.90, 128.12, 62.08, 31.72, 29.34, 29.17, 29.14, 26.83, 22.58, 14.45; HRMS (FAB, positive) Calcd. for C16H25N2O3 + 293.1860 found 293.1870; CHN: Calculated for C16H25N2O3 C 51.48, H 6.75, N 7.50; found C 51.10, H 6.76, N 7.33.
Testing of BZ194
• BZl 94 partially blocked T cell receptor/CD3 complex mediated Ca2+ signalling in rat and human T cells. • BZl 94 had an antiproliferative effect on cultured MBP-specific and OVA-specific
T cells.
• Treatment with BZl 94 suppressed cytokine (mRNA) production in vitro and ex vivo.
• Intraperitoneal injection of BZ 194 suppressed clinical score in transfer EAE. • Infiltration of MBP-specific T cells into the CNS was reduced.
Other Compounds of Formula (C)
Other compounds of Formula (C) may be prepared in the same manner as BZl 94. For example, if either of Rl or R2 is of a different alkyl chain length, then the same synthesis protocol as described above is used except that nicotinic acid is reacted with an appropriate different alkylating reagent (i.e. a reagent that provides the required alkyl chain length).
EXAMPLE SECTION THREE - PART B
In this section reference is made to work done on preferred embodiments of the present invention. The same definitions as provided herein also apply to this section.
As indicated above, we have found that compounds of the formula (Al) and/or formula (C) and/or formula (D) (each of which is shown below) are particularly favourable for the treatment of thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematosis, graft rejection, Type II diabetes or cardiac arrhythmia; more particularly multiple sclerosis or rheumatoid arthritis; more particularly multiple sclerosis.
Formula (Al):
Figure imgf000109_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2 or (H,H); wherein Rl is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; wherein R2 is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; optionally wherein Rl and R2 can be linked so as to define a hydrocarbyl ring structure such as cyclohexyl or -(CH)n-cyclohexyl (wherein n is an integer) or heterocylic ring structures such as
Figure imgf000109_0002
or
Figure imgf000110_0001
or
Figure imgf000110_0002
wherein R3 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
(such as aryl or methoxy aryl); wherein R4 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated (such as aryl or methoxy aryl); wherein R5 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group which may be saturated or unsaturated
(such as aryl or methoxy aryl); wherein R6 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group (such as an oxyhydrocarbyl group); wherein X ~ is an optional anion, such as Br"; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
Formula (C):
Figure imgf000110_0003
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O; wherein one of Rl and R2 is H, and the other of Rl and R2 is hydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H; wherein R4 is H; wherein R5 is H; wherein R6 is H; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
Formula (D):
Figure imgf000111_0001
BZ194
The present invention also covers such compounds in per se form, in composition form, processes for making same, uses of same and methods of treatment using same as herein described.
We have found that compounds of the formula (A2) are very favourable for the treatment of thyroiditis, insulitis, multiple sclerosis, invectitis, orchitis, myasthenia gravis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematosis, graft rejection, Type II diabetes or cardiac arrhythmia; more particularly multiple sclerosis or rheumatoid arthritis; more particularly multiple sclerosis.
Formula (A2):
Figure imgf000112_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or a hydrocarbyl group, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-
C9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
Ill Rl or R2 may terminate in a cyclic group — such as:
Figure imgf000113_0001
In this instance, Rl or R2 are still considered to be a C5-C9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group since the terminal cyclic groups are substituents on the hydrocarbyl group or the oxyhydrocarbyl group.
R3 may be H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group - such as a saturated ring structure or an unsaturated ring structure such as aryl, methoxy aryl etc.
R4 may be H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group - such as a saturated ring structure or an unsaturated ring structure such as aryl, methoxy aryl etc.
R5 may be H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group - such as a saturated ring structure or an unsaturated ring structure such as aryl, methoxy aryl etc.
R6 may be H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group - such as a saturated ring structure or an unsaturated ring structure such as aryl, methoxy aryl etc.
For some embodiments, any two or more of R3, R4, R5 and R6 may be fused to form a saturated ring structure or an unsaturated ring structure.
Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (A3):
Figure imgf000114_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (A4):
Figure imgf000115_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (A5):
Figure imgf000116_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H; wherein R4 is H; wherein R5 is H; wherein R6 is H; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (A6):
Figure imgf000117_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H; wherein R4 is H; wherein R5 is H; wherein R6 is H; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (A7):
Figure imgf000118_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5 hydrocarbyl group or a C5 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (A8):
Figure imgf000119_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C6 hydrocarbyl group or a C6 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (A9):
Figure imgf000120_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C7 hydrocarbyl group or a C7 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein Ri is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (AlO):
Figure imgf000121_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H5 H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C8 hydrocarbyl group or a C8 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
Preferred compounds of formula (A2) are of the following formula (Al 1):
Figure imgf000122_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C9 hydrocarbyl group or a C9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
The present invention also covers such compounds in per se form, in composition form, processes for making same, uses of same and methods of treatment using same as herein described.
For compounds of Formula (A2), preferably:
X" is Br" or any standard anion
X= O, S, CH2, or (H, H)
R1=H, Me, Et;
R2= hydrocarbyl or oxyhydrocarbyl based around hydrocarbon chain lengths C5 to C9. The C5 to C9 hydrocarbyl or oxyhydrocarbyl groups may terminate in any one of the following groups:
Figure imgf000123_0001
Any ofR3 or R4 or R5 is H or halo.
Additional examples of compounds of the present invention are presented below:
Figure imgf000123_0002
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000125_0001
Examples of these compounds have already been described herein. Another example of a preferred compound of formula (C) is that of formula (E) (as shown below) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a mimetic thereof or a bioisotere thereof. Sometimes the compound of formula (E) is referred to as "BZ320". Another example of a preferred compound of formula (C) is that of formula (F) (as shown below) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a mimetic thereof or a bioisotere thereof. Sometimes the compound of formula (F) is referred to as "BZ321". The term "mimetic" relates to any chemical which has the same qualitative activity or effect as a reference agent.
Figure imgf000126_0001
Formula (E)
Figure imgf000126_0002
Formula (F) Synthesis details for BZ320 and BZ321.
Materials and methods
Thin layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on precoated plates (Merck TLC aluminum sheets silica 60 F254) with eluants as indicated. The compounds were detected using a UV lamp at 254nm. Flash chromatography was carried out using Sorbisil C60 silica gel. Reagents were obtained from commercial sources and used without further purification unless otherwise stated.
1H and 13C NMR spectra were recorded on either a JEOL GX270 or Varian 400 MHz spectrometer. Coupling constants, J, are measured in Hertz (Hz) and the following abbreviations have been used: s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; m, multiplet; br, broad. Unless otherwise stated chemical shifts were measured in parts per million (ppm) relative to residual protonated solvent.
Melting points were determined using a Reichert Jung Thermo Galen Kofler block and are uncorrected. Mass spectra were recorded using positive and negative fast atom bombardment (FAB) with 3-nitro benzyl alcohol (NBA) as a matrix carrier.
Synthesis of the pyridinium salts
Figure imgf000127_0001
Synthesis of pyridinium salts: i) Ether, -10 0C, 0.5h; ii) DMF, 60 0C, overnight in the dark. General procedure for preparing bromoacetylamides.
Amine (3ml, 24mmol) was added dropwise to a stirring solution of 2-bromo-acetylbromide (10 ml, 12mmol) at -10°C. The temperature of the reaction mixture was kept below 0 °C to avoid any possible side reactions. When the reaction was complete, cold water was added to dissolve the precipitated inorganic salt. The organic layer was separated and washed successively with aqueous acetic acid (20 ml, IM), aqueous NaOH (20 ml, IM) and finally with saturated brine. After removal of the ether, the crude product was used for alkylation directly without further purification. Analytical data was obtained after recrystallization or flash chromatography.
General procedure for alkylation reaction
1 equivalent of nicotinic acid (or a derivative thereof prepared by methods known to those versed in the art) and 1 equivalent of 2-bromoacetylamide is dissolved in dry DMF (4ml). The reaction mixture is then heated at 6O0C for 12 h in dark. After removal of the DMF by evaporation under reduced pressure, the product is obtained as an oil after flash chromatography or is crystallized from methanol/ether.
S-Carboxy-l-hexylcarbamoylmethyl-pyridinium (BZ321)& 3-Carboxy-l- heptylcarbamoylmethyl-pyridinium (BZ320)
Procedure for C7 analogue (BZ320) and C6 analogue (BZ321): To a solution of nicotinic acid (3 g, 24.36 mmol) in DMF (55 mL) was added bromoacetamide (24.36 mmol). The resulting solution was heated at 670C for overnight. DMF was evaporated and the white residue was redissolved in small amount of MeOH (ca 5 mL). Addition of ether gave crude products as white precipitate. The crude products were further purified by crystallisation in MeOH/acetone.
Figure imgf000129_0001
(BZ320, C7 analogue) MP: 1H NMR (D2O, 270 MHz) δ 9.30 (s, IH, H-2), 9.04 (d, J6,5 8.1 Hz, IH, H-6), 8.92 (d, J4,5 7.2 Hz, IH, H-4), 8.20 (dd, J5;4 7.2 Hz and J5;6 8.1 Hz, IH, H-5), 5.49 (s, 2H, CH2CO), 3.22 (m, 2H, CH2N), 1.49 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.23 (m, 8H, 4CH2), 0.79 (m, 3H, CH3); 13C NMR (D2O, 67.5 MHz) δ 165.21, 148.33, 147.19, 146.89, 132.03, 128.23, 62.13, 40.10, 31.12, 28.22, 28.09, 26.04, 22.05, 13.47;
Figure imgf000129_0002
(BZ321, C6 analogue) MP: 1H NMR (D2O, 270 MHz) δ 9.30 (s, IH, H-2), 9.04 (d, J6,5 8.1 Hz, IH, H-6), 8.92 (d, J4,5 6.2 Hz, IH, H-4), 8.20 (dd, J5,4 6.2 Hz and J5,6 8.1 Hz, IH, H-5), 5.49 (s, 2H, CH2CO), 3.22 (m, 2H, CH2N), 1.49 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.24 (m, 6H, 3CH2), 0.80 (CH3); 13C NMR (D2O, 67.5 MHz) δ 165.25, 148.16, 147.12, 146.83, 132.77, 128.19, 62.11, 40.12, 30.73, 28.20, 25.79, 22.03, 13.41). Other Compounds of Formula (C)
Other compounds of Formula (C) may be prepared in the same manner as BZ320 or BZ321. For example, if either of Rl or R2 is of a different alkyl chain length, then the same synthesis protocol as described above is used except that nicotinic acid is reacted with an appropriate different alkylating reagent (i.e. a reagent that provides the required alkyl chain length).
EXAMPLE SECTION FOUR
Part A
Reference is made in this section to Figures 17-22 which present graphs and charts.
In detail:
Figure 17 shows the effect of NAADP antagonist BZ194 on Ca2+ signalling in rat MBP-specific T cells. Resting rat T cells were loaded with fura2/AM and suspension measurements were carried out as described in [4]. Arrows indicate time point of addition of antibody or Ca2+ solution. A, Addition of anti-CD3-mAb (1st arrow) and a crosslinking, secondary antibody (2n arrow). B, Bar chart summarizing data from A (transient Ca2+ peak and Ca2+ plateau; mean± s.e.m, n = 8-9). C, Under Ca2+ free conditions the anti-CD3-mAb (1st arrow) and secondary crosslinking antiserum (2nd arrow) were added; then [Ca2+] was increased to 1 mM (3rd arrow). D, Bar chart summarizing data from C (transient Ca2+ release peak, Ca2+ influx peak, Ca2+ influx plateau and the difference between Ca2+ influx peak und plateau (=overshoot); mean± s.e.m, n = 6-7). The negative controls are without stimulation by anti-CD3-mAb.
Figure 18 shows the effect of BZ194 on in vitro-cultured GFP + Rat T cells. Cells were stimulated in presence of MBP-pulsed irradiated APCs and increasing concentrations of BZl 94. After 48 h cells were collected for cytofluorometric cell count A and RNA extraction was performed for quantitative PCR analysis (IL2) B. Effect of BZl 94 on pre- activated T cell blasts C. Amplification of MBP-specific T cells which had been incubated before in the presence of DMSO or 0.5 mM or 1 mM BZ194 D.
Figure 19 shows cell distribution in spleen and CNS after BZ194 treatment. Cytofluorometric cell counts of MBP-specific GFP T cells in spleen A and CNS B of BZl 94 (500 μmol) and DMSO-treated animals at d 3 after T cell transfer.
Figure 20 shows motility of TMBP-GFP cells in the spleen after BZ194 treatment. Intravital videomicroscopy of the spleen of vehicle (DMSO, left) A or BZl 94 B -treated animals 3 d after T cell transfer. The ratio between stationary and motile MBP-specific GFP T cells (upper graphs) and cell trajectories (lower graphs, 10 min analysis) are shown. Stationary cells are defined as cells moving less than lOμm in 10 minutes.
Figure 21 shows cytokine production is down-regulated in BZ194 treated EAE animals.
Quantitative PCR of spinal cords and spleens 4 days after T cell transfer of animals treated with vehicle (DMSO) of BZ 194 (5 d, 500 μmol). IFNg A,B and IL-2 C,D mRNAs were measured in relation to housekeeping gene β actin A,C or T cell marker CD3 B,D.
Figure 22 shows recruitment of inflammatory cells after BZ194 treatment.
Cytofluorometric counts of T cells (CD4/8, abTCR), monocytes/macrophages (CDl Ib), dendritic cells (CDl Ic), B cells (OX33/CD45RA) and LFA-1+ (CDl Ia) and MHC class 11+ (OX-6) cells in EAE lesions 4 days after T cell transfer after BZ194 (5 d, 500 μmol, blue bars) or vehicle (DMSO, magenta bars).
Part B
Activation and Ca2+ signalling of encephalitogenic T cells in MS and EAE
Autoimmune diseases of the CNS are initiated by CD4+, brain-specific T lymphocytes. These autoreactive T cells are normal components of the immune system [I]. Upon activation by specific antigen, superantigens, or by cross-reacting microbial antigens these encephalitogenic T cells invade the CNS via the endothelial blood-brain barrier (BBB) to initiate disease [2-4]. This scenario emerged from studies of experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE) and was later extended to other organ specific autoimmune diseases. Commonly, EAE is induced in susceptible animals by immunization with brain antigens (active EAE) or by transfer of brain antigen-specific CD4+ T cells [5]. In the classical adoptive transfer EAE (t-EAE) of the Lewis rat, T lymphocytes directed against myelin basic protein (MBP) mediate severe paralytic disease associated with intense CNS inflammation. The properties of this tEAE model allow us to concentrate on the pathogenic potential of autoreactive T cells.
Importantly, tEAE can be exclusively evoked by transfer of activated T cells [5]. The clinical course after transfer of these activated T cell blasts is characterized by unrivalled reproducibility and predictability [6]. The disease is monophasic and self-limited. The pathology is strictly dependent on the transferred T cells and monocytes/macrophages.
CNS inflammation and clinical disease occur after a time period of three to four days following T cell transfer. The migration pattern and functional properties of the autoreactive T cells in this preclinical period of tEAE have been recently analyzed.
Thereby, it was found, that autoreactive T cells have to be reactivated within the target organ in order to induce clinical disease [8].
Thus, the activation and re-activation processes of T cells are central check points which decide about onset and/or progression of autoimmune diseases of the CNS. A number of molecular mechanisms is involved in T cell activation [reviewed in 10]; one of the essential intracellular mechanisms is the elevation of the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration ([Ca2+];; reviewed in 11,12). Ca2+ signalling describes the fact that upon stimulation of receptors in the plasma membrane [Ca2+Jj undergoes changes. Usually, a global increase in [Ca2+Jj is preceded by subcellular pacemaker Ca2+ signals. Both local and global Ca2+ signals often exhibit complex spatio-temporal patterns, e.g. oscillations and/or waves. [Ca2+]; is the resultant from at least four individual processes: Ca2+ release from intracellular stores and Ca2+ inflow from the extracellular space elevate [Ca2+];, while Ca2+ extrusion by calcium pumps in both intracellular and plasma membranes and binding of Ca2+ ions to Ca2+ binding proteins reduces [Ca2+];.
Ca2+ signalling of encephalitogenic T cells in multiple sclerosis or EAE is either activated specifically by antigenic peptide via the T cell receptor/CD3 complex (TCR/CD3; ref. 13) or unspecifically by proinflammatory cytokines, e.g. interferon-γ (IFNγ; ref. 14), or a combination of interleukin 2 (IL-2), interleukin-6 (IL-6) and tumor necrosis factor-α (TNFα; ref. 15). Among the downstream transducers of increased [Ca2+]; are calcium/calmodulin-dependent kinase II [16], calpain [17], and Ca2+-activated K+-channels [18]. Activation of these proteins has been linked to transendothelial migration across the BBB [16] and to proliferation of T cells. Accordingly, inhibitors of some of these Ca + activated downstream transducers were successfully used to treat the symptoms in EAE [18]. These examples demonstrate that the mechanisms underlying Ca2+ signalling in encephalitogenic T cells are good candidates for new pharmacological approaches.
References
L H. Wekerle, M. Bradl, C. Linington, G. Kaab, and K. Kojima. 1996. The shaping of the brain-specific T lymphocyte repertoire in the thymus. Immunol. Rev. 149:231- 243.
2. H. Wekerle, C. Linington, H. Lassmann, and R. Meyermann, Cellular immune reactivity within the CNS. Trends Neurosci. 9:271-277 (1986) 3. A.H. Cross, Cannella,B., Brosnan,C.F., CS. Raine, Hypothesis: Antigen-specific T cells prime central nervous system endothelium for recruitment of nonspecific inflammatory cells to effect autoimmune demyelination. J. Neuroimmunol. 33, 237- 244 (1991)
4. L. Steinman, A few autoreactive cells in an autoimmune infiltrate control a vast population of nonspecific cells: A tale of smart bombs and the infantry. Proc. Nat.
Acad. ScL USA 93, 2253-2256 (1996)
5. A. Ben-Nun, H. Wekerle, and I. R. Cohen, The rapid isolation of clonable antigen- specific T lymphocyte lines capable of mediating autoimmune encephalomyelitis. Eur. J. Immunol. 1 1 :195-199 (1981) 6. H. Wekerle, K. Kojima, J. Lannes-Vieira, H. Lassmann, and C. Linington, Animal models. Ann.Neurol. 36:S47-S53 (1994) 7. H. Lassmann, and H. Wekerle, Experimental models of multiple sclerosis. In
McAlpine's Multiple Sclerosis. A. Compston, G. Ebers, H. Lassmann, B. Matthews, and H. Wekerle, eds. Churchill Livingston, London, pp. 409-434 (1998) 8. A. Flϋgel, T. Berkowicz, T. Ritter, M. Labeur, D. Jenne, Z. Li, J. Ellwart, M.
Willem, H. Lassmann, H. Wekerle, Migratory activity and functional changes of green fluorescent effector T cells before and during experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis, Immunity 14:547-560 (2001) 9. Berridge MJ. Lymphocyte activation in health and disease. Crit. Rev. Immunol. 1997;17: 155-78.
10. Guse AH. Ca2+ signalling in T-lymphocytes. Crit. Rev. Immunol. 1998;18:419-48
11. Lewis RS. Calcium signalling mechanisms in T lymphocytes. Annu. Rev. Immunol. 2001 ;19:497-521.
12. Wang C, Mooney JL, Meza-Romero R, Chou YK, Huan J, Vandenbark AA, Offner H, Burrows GG. Recombinant TCR ligand induces early TCR signalling and a unique pattern of downstream activation. J. Immunol. 2003 ;171 : 1934-40.
13. Martino G, Clementi E, Brambilla E, Moiola L, Comi G, Meldolesi J, Grimaldi LM. Gamma interferon activates a previously undescribed Ca2+ influx in T lymphocytes from patients with multiple sclerosis. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U S A. 1994;91 :4825-9.
14. Martino G, Grohovaz F, Brambilla E, Codazzi F, Consiglio A, Clementi E, Filippi M, Comi G, Grimaldi LM. Proinflammatory cytokines regulate antigen-independent T-cell activation by two separate calcium-signalling pathways in multiple sclerosis patients. Ann Neurol. 1998;43:340-9.
15. Poggi A, Zocchi MR, Carosio R, Ferrero E, Angelini DF, Galgani S, Caramia MD, Bernardi G, Borsellino G, Battistini L. Transendothelial migratory pathways of V delta 1+TCR gamma delta+ and V delta 2+TCR gamma delta+ T lymphocytes from healthy donors and multiple sclerosis patients: involvement of phosphatidylinositol
3 kinase and calcium calmodulin-dependent kinase II. J. Immunol. 2002;168:6071- 7.
16. Shields DC, Schaecher KE, Goust JM, Banik NL. Calpain activity and expression are increased in splenic inflammatory cells associated with experimental allergic encephalomyelitis. J. Neuroimmunol. 1999;99:1-12.
17. Wulff H, Calabresi PA, Allie R, Yun S, Pennington M, Beeton C, Chandy KG. The voltage-gated KvI.3 K(+) channel in effector memory T cells as new target for MS. J. Clin. Invest. 2003;l l l :1703-13.
18. Beeton C, Barbaria J, Giraud P, Devaux J, Benoliel AM, GoIa M, Sabatier JM, Bernard D, Crest M, Beraud E. Selective blocking of voltage-gated K+ channels improves experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis and inhibits T cell activation. J. Immunol. 2001 ;166:936-44. 19. H. Wekerle, M. Bradl, C. Linington, G. Kaab, and K. Kojima. 1996. The shaping of the brain-specific T lymphocyte repertoire in the thymus. Immunol. Rev. 149:231- 243.
Part C
Methods
Cell culture - Jurkat T-lymphocytes (clone JMP) were cultured in RPMI 1640 supplemented with Glutamax I. 10% (v/v) newborn or fetal calf serum. 25 mM HEPES. 100 units/ml penicillin, and 50 μg/ml streptomycin.
Ratiometric Ca2+ imaging - The cells were loaded with fura-2/AM and kept in the dark at room temperature until use. Thin glass coverslips (0.1 mm) were coated with BSA (5 mg/ml), and poly-L-lysine (0.1 mg/ml). Silicon grease was used to seal small chambers consisting of a rubber O-ring on the glass coverslips. Then, 60 μl buffer A containing 140 mM NaCl, 5 mM KCl, 1 mM MgSO4, 1 mM CaCl2, 1 mM NaH2PO4, 5.5 mM glucose, and 20 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), and 40 μl cell suspension (2*10 cells/ml) suspended in the same buffer were added into the small chamber. The coverslip with cells slightly attached to the BSA/poly-L-lysine coating was mounted on the stage of a fluorescence microscope (Leica DM IRE2).
Ratiometric Ca2+ imaging was performed using an Improvision imaging system (Heidelberg, Germany) built around the Leica microscope at 100-fold magnification. Illumination at 340 and 380 nm was carried out using a monochromator system (Polychromator IV, TILL Photonics, Grafelfmg, Germany). Images were taken with a gray-scale CCD camera (type C4742-95-12ER; Hamamatsu, Enfield, United Kingdom; operated in 8-bit mode). The spatial resolution was 512x640 pixel at 100-fold magnification. Camera exposure times were 12 msec (at 340 nm) and 4 msec (at 380 nm). The acquisition rate was approx. 1 ratio/160 msec. Raw data images were stored on hard disk. Confocal Ca2+ images were obtained by off-line no-neighbor deconvolution using the volume deconvolution module of the Openlab software. The deconvolved images were used to construct ratio images (340/380). Finally, ratio values were converted to Ca2+ concentrations by external calibration. To reduce noise, ratio images were subjected to median filter (3x3). Data processing was performed using Openlab software v 1.7.8, v3.0.9 or v3.5.2 (Improvision, Tubingen, Germany).
Microinjection - Microinjections were carried out using an Eppendorf system (transjector type 5246, micromanipulator type 5171, Eppendorf-Netheler-Hinz, Hamburg, Germany) with Femtotips II as pipettes. NAADP and/or compounds were diluted to their final concentration in intracellular buffer (20 mM HEPES, 110 mM KCl, 2 mM MgCl2, 5 mM KH2PO4, 10 mM NaCl, pH 7.2) and filtered (0.2 μm) before use. To avoid any contamination of Ca2+ in the solution to be injected, a small amount of Chelex resin beads was added. Injections were made using the semiautomatic mode of the system with the following instrumental settings: injection pressure 60 hPa, compensatory pressure 30 hPa, injection time 0.5 s, and velocity of the pipette 700 μm/s. Under such conditions the injection volume was 1 - 1.5% of the cell volume.
Measurement of [Ca2+Ji in cell suspensions in intact cells [Ca2+]; was measured by using the fluorescent indicator Fura2/AM. In brief, 107 cells were loaded with Fura2/AM, and fluorescence was determined in batches of 1.5 x 106 cells with an Hitachi F-2000 fluorimeter at excitation and emission wavelengths of 340 and 380 nm (exc.) and 505 nm (em.), respectively. Measurements were carried out at 20 0C. At the end of each single measurement maximal and minimal ratios were determined by addition of Triton X- 100 and EGTA/Tris.
Quantitative PCR. mRNA was extracted using standard protocols (Sigma-Aldrich) and reversed to cDNA (Invitrogen). Taqman analysis was performed as reported (Flϋgel et al. 2001, Immunity) using ABI Prim 7700 Sequence Detector "Taqman" (PE Applied Biosystems). The expression of a housekeeping gene (b-actin) was set into relation to the specific mRNA. Data were obtained by independent duplicate measurements. The CT value of the individual measurements did not exceed 0.5 amplification cycles. Cell isolation, cytofluorometry and fluorescence activated sorting (FACS).
Single cell suspensions from organs were prepared as described previously (Flϋgel et al. 2001, Immunity). TQFP cells were sorted immediately after cell preparation in PBS containing 2% glucose at 40C using FACS Vantage (Becton Dickinson) or MoFIo sorter (Cytomation Bioinstruments, Freiburg, Germany). Cytofluorometric analysis was performed with FACS-Calibur operated by Cell Quest software (Becton Dickinson). The following monoclonal antibodies were used for surface membrane analysis: W3/25 (anti- CD4), 0X33 (CD45RA, B cells, both from Serotec, Dϋsseldorf, Germany), R73 (abTCR), OX-6 (rat MHC class II), OX-40 antigen (CD134), OX-39 (CD25, IL-2Ra chain), CD8a, CD8b, CDl Ia (LFA-Ia), CDl Ib (integrin aM chain), CDl lb/c (0X42), CDl Ic (integrin ax chain) (all Becton Dickinson, Heidelberg, Germany). Allophycocyanin-labeled anti-mouse antibody (Invitrogen, Karlsruhe, Germany) was used as secondary antibody.
Surgical procedure and intravital imaging settings.
Animals were anesthetized by intraperitoneal injection of xylazine/ketamine (10mg/kg and 50mg/kg, respectively), with reapplied doses (lmg/kg xylazine/5mg/kg ketamine) administered as required. Adequate oxygenation was ensured by an oxygen (95%O2/5% CO2) mask fixed on the animal's snout. Body temperature was controlled by a heated pad. For spleen imaging temperature and moistness controlled chambers were constructed for inverted microscope settings. Surgically exposed spleens with intact vasculature were carefully placed into the chambers superfused with carbogenated HBSS (95% O2 5%CO2).
Fluorescence videomicroscopy: Time-lapse recordings were performed using an inverted microscope (Zeiss, Axiovert 200M) equipped with a 20χ, 0.4 NA objective (Zeiss). Images were acquired using a Coolsnap-HQ camera (Photometries, Roper Scientific, Tuscon, AZ) in 30 s time intervals and processed by MetaMorph (Visitron Systems, Puchheim, Germany). Image J software (freeware, provided by Wayne Rasband, NIH) was used to evaluate cell trajectories and velocity. Proliferation assays .
TMBP-GFP cells were co-cultured for 48 h in 9βwell plates (in
DMEM 1% rat serum) with APCs in presence of specific antigen
(10mg/ml MBP) or without. Amplification of TMBP-GFP cells was measured by cytofluorometry as described (Kawakami et al.
2005, J.I.). Their numbers were determined in relation to a known absolute number of added phycoerythrin-labeled plastic beads (Becton-Dickinson) . The amplification rate was calculated in relation to the GFP+ T cell numbers at day 0. Alternatively, [3H] dT (2 Ci/mmol; Amersham-Buchler) incorporation was used to evaluate proliferation. The radioactive label present in the different cultures was determined as described (Flugel et al., 2001, Immunity) '
References
Kawakami N, Odoardi F, Ziemssen T, Bradl M, Ritter T,Neuhaus O, Lassmann H, Wekerle H, Flϋgel A (2005). Autoimmune CD4+ T cell memory: Life long persistence of encephalitogenic T cell clones in healthy immune repertoires. Journal of Immunology, JuI 1;175(1):69-81.
Flϋgel A, Berkowicz T, Ritter T, Labeur M, Li Z, Ellwart JW, Jenne D, Willem M, Lassmann H, and Wekerle H (2001). Migratory activity and functional changes of genetically engineered green fluorescent effector T cells before and during experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis. Immunity 14: 547-560.
Part D
In our studies on the compounds of the present invention we found that BZ 194 worked well in intact cells. BZl 94 blocked TCR/CD3 complex mediated Ca2+ signalling in MBP- specific rat T cell suspensions in both our standard protocol (Fig. 17 A5B) and a Ca2+- free/Ca2+-reintroduction protocol (Fig. 17 C5D). As can be seen in Fig. 17 both the initial Ca2+ peak and the sustained Ca2+ plateau phase are sensitive to BZ 194, and thus appear to be regulated by NAADP. The initial Ca2+ peak has been thought to be mainly controlled by InSP3, but according to our novel data NAADP appears to play an important role in this phase, too. This result was recently backed up by the first direct measurements of cellular NAADP concentrations in human Jurkat T cells: we showed a rapid rise of NAADP within 10 to 20 sec post
0-1-
TCR/CD3 stimulation [4]. In addition, to its role in initiating the T cell Ca response, NAADP appears to be a key player for the sustained Ca2+ signalling phase. In both our protocols, BZl 94 almost completely abolished sustained Ca2+ signalling (Fig. 17 A to D), the Ca2+ signalling phase most important for proliferation of T cells. Again, this finding is backed up by direct measurements of NAADP in Jurkat T cells [4]: besides the rapid increase of NAADP within the first 10 to 20 s, a prolonged increase of NAADP between 5 min and at least 20 min was observed [4].
BZl 94 strongly influenced the function of rat MBP-specific T cells in vitro and in vivo. Proliferation and cytokine expression of the T cells was tested in vitro after incubation with irradiated MBP-pulsed thymic antigen presenting cells (in rats the commonly used APC type, ref. 5). BZl 94 dose dependently suppressed T cell proliferation (Fig. 18A).
Additionally, the expression of cytokine production by the T cells was reduced (Fig. 18B).
Importantly, these effects were not due to toxicity of BZl 94. Amplification of pre- activated MBP-specific T cells was not influenced in the presence of BZl 94 (Fig. 18C).
Further, foregoing incubation with BZ 194 did not block the proliferative response towards
MBP challenge (Fig. 18D).
Limited solubility of BZ 194 excluded intravenous application due to embolic complications. Intraperitoneal injection of BZl 94 solubilized in DMSO (180 mg/kg, treatment for 5 days) was well tolerated by Lewis rats, as tested by inspection, weight development, and immune cell count (not shown). Higher amounts of BZl 94 occasionally induced peritonitis, which could be, however, widely avoided by prior filtration of the substance.
In order to analyze the effect of BZ 194 on encephalitogenic T cells during the effector phase of EAE we used retrovirally transduced MBP-specific T cells expressing the marker gene green fluorescent protein (TMBP-GFP cells) [6]. Treatment with BZl 94 significantly ameliorated clinical EAE induced by intravenous transfer of 5 x 106 TMBP-GFP cells (Table 4.1).
Figure imgf000141_0001
Table. 4.1. The NAADP antagonist BZ194 ameliorates tEAE.
Animals were treated for 5 d intraperitoneally with 500 μmol BZl 94 or vehicle (DMSO). Mean±SD. Three independent experiments. TMBP-GFP cells in spleen and lymph nodes (LNs) of BZl 94 animals assumed a "migratory phenotype" with up-regulation of MHC class II and down-regulation of activation markers OX-40 and IL-2 receptor (not shown). These changes were recently found to precede their infiltration into the CNS [7]. However, cytofluorometric analysis of spinal cord tissue three days after T cell transfer, i.e. during early clinical EAE indicated that BZl 94 seemed to interfere with the capacity of TMBP-GFP cells to invade the CNS. Instead, the cells accumulated in the spleen of the treated animals (Fig. 19A5B)- Preliminary results using intravital imaging techniques indicate that the motility of TMBP-GFP cells in the spleen was strikingly changed after BZl 94 treatment. The average velocity of TMBP-GFP cells was strongly reduced (3.5 μm/min compared to 6.5 μm/min in DMSO-treated controls, Fig. 20A,B) and the cells tended to form clusters in certain locations (not shown). However, TMBP-GFP cells remained viable and fully reactive: after ex vivo isolation they strongly proliferated upon challenge with MBP (not shown).
The activation levels of TMBP-GFP cells within the target organ were markedly decreased. Quantitative PCR analysis of spinal cord tissue 4 days after T cell transfer showed a significant reduction of cytokine production after BZ 194 treatment as indicated by decrease of IL-2, IFNγ (Fig. 21A,C), TNFα, and IL-2 receptor mRNA (not shown) in relation to housekeeping gene β actin as well as CD3 (Fig. 21B5D). Consecutively, the recruitment of T cells, B cells, macrophages and dendritic cells into the CNS after BZl 94 treatment was clearly diminished.
We set up two-photon and video recording technologies which will enable us to visualize Ca + fluxes of T cells in vivo and to analyze the effects of Ca2+ antagonists on encephalitogenic T cells in living animals in various locations such as the spleen, LNs, and the spinal cord [8]. Further, we succeeded to establish a rat model with GFP-expression in encephalitogenic memory T cells [9]. Thus, we now are able to examine the role of Ca2+ antagonists during the priming phase of EAE. References
I . Dammermann W, Guse AH. Functional ryanodine receptor expression is required for NAADP-mediated local Ca2+ signalling in T-lymphocvtes.J Biol Chem. 2005;280:21394- 9
2. 1. Berg, B.V.L. Potter, G. W. Mayr, A.H. Guse, Nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NAADP+) is an essential regulator of T-lymphocyte Ca2+-signalling, J. Cell. BioL 150, 581-588 (2000).
3. Langhorst MF, Schwarzmann N, Guse AH. Ca2+ release via ryanodine receptors and Ca2+ entry: major mechanisms in NAADP-mediated Ca2+ signalling in T-lymphocytes.
Cell Signal. 2004;16(l l):1283-9.
4. Gasser A, Bruhn S, Guse AH. Second messenger function of nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NAADP) revealed by an improved enzymatic cycling assay. J Biol Chem. 2006 Apr 20; [Epub ahead of print] 5. Ben-Nun, A et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 1981
6. Flugel A, Willem M, Berkowicz T, Wekerle H. Gene transfer into CD4+ T lymphocytes: green fluorescent protein-engineered, encephalitogenic T cells illuminate brain autoimmune responses. Nat Med. 1999;5(7):843-7.
7. Flugel A, Berkowicz T, Ritter T, Labeur M, Jenne DE, Li Z, Ellwart JW, Willem M, Lassmann H, Wekerle H. Migratory activity and functional changes of green fluorescent effector cells before and during experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis. Immunity. 2001; 14(5):547-60
8. Kawakami N, Nagerl UV, Odoardi F, Bonhoeffer T, Wekerle H, Flugel A. Live imaging of effector cell trafficking and autoantigen recognition within the unfolding autoimmune encephalomyelitis lesion. J Exp Med. 2005;201(l l):1805-14.
9. Kawakami N, Odoardi F, Ziemssen T, Bradl M, Ritter T, Neuhaus O, Lassmann H, Wekerle H, Flugel A. Autoimmune CD4+ T cell memory: lifelong persistence of encephalitogenic T cell clones in healthy immune repertoires. J Immunol. 2005;175(l):69- 81 10. Wagner GK, Guse AH, Potter BVL. Rapid synthetic route toward structurally modified derivatives of cyclic adenosine 5 '-diphosphate ribose. J Ore Chem. 2005;70(12):4810-9.
I 1. Gu X, Yang Z, Zhang L, Kunerth S, Fliegert R, Weber K, Guse AH, Zhang L. Synthesis and biological evaluation of novel membrane-permeant cyclic ADP-ribose mimics: Nl-[(5"-O-phosphorylethoxy)methyl]-5'-O-phosphorylinosine 5',5"- cyclicpyrophosphate (cIDPRE) and 8-substituted derivatives.. J Med Chem. 2004; 47(23):5674-82.
12. Gasser A, Glassmeier G, Fliegert R, Langhorst MF, Meinke S, Hein D, Kruger S, Weber K, Heiner I, Oppenheimer N, Schwarz JR, Guse AH. Activation of T cell calcium influx by the second messenger ADP-ribose. J Biol Chem. 2006;281(5):2489-96
13. Gasser A, Guse AH. Determination of intracellular concentrations of the TRPM2 agonist ADP-ribose by reversed-phase HPLC. J Chromatogr B Analyt Technol Biomed Life Sci. 2005:82 U2U 81-7.
Part E
In T-lymphocytes BZ52 and BZl 94, analogues of NAADP mimicking the nicotinic acid headgroup, efficiently inhibited NAADP-mediated Ca2+ signalling, TCR/CD3- induced Ca2+ signalling and proliferation. Furthermore, a substantial therapeutic effect was observed in the multiple sclerosis model of transfer-EAE in the Lewis rat. Optimizing the pharmacological lead BZ 194 can consist of several rounds each comprised of (i) chemical synthesis of derivatives of BZ 194, (ii) analysis of the effects of the new analogs towards Ca2+ signalling induced by NAADP or induced by TCR/CD3 ligation in vitro, (iii) analysis of the effects of the new analogs towards proliferation and cytokine expression induced by MBP in vitro, (iv) motility assays in vitro and in vivo, and (v) analysis of the effects of the new analogs towards their therapeutic potential in the transfer-EAE model in Lewis rats in vivo.
The immunosuppressive effect of BZ194-type compounds appears to reside in their antagonistic properties of NAADP induced Ca2+ release. In vitro we have shown this using cultured encephalitogenic T cells stimulated by ligation of the TCR/CD3 complex using antibodies. A more complex interaction is observed in vivo when T cells are activated by antigen-presenting cells via complex cell-cell interactions. These include, in addition to the MHC-II/antigenic peptide/TCR interaction, also co-stimulatory signalling events which cannot be mimicked sufficiently precisely by just adding specific antibodies. Thus, the complex cell-cell interactions of antigen-presenting cells and encephalitogenic T cells can be mimicked in vitro in confocal Ca2+ imaging experiments and the effect of BZ 194 (or an optimized version thereof) on Ca2+ signalling in T cells observed under these conditions can be analysed. Live imaging of Ca2+ signalling events in living CNS tissue and spleen can also be acheived, e.g. by injection of Ca2+ fluorochrome-loaded T cells in CNS-slices or intravenously in the presence or absence of NAADP antagonist.
Since BZ194-type compounds may also interfere with metabolism of NAADP, e.g. blockade of NAADP formation, these effects can be studied in vitro..
Part F
The main findings are: (i) an important involvement of the nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NAADP)/Ca2+ signalling pathway in (re)-activation of encephalitogenic T cells, (ii) development and characterization of a new class of immunosuppressive NAADP antagonists, (iii) establishment of intravital imaging technologies which allows to visualize the effect of Ca2+ pathway antagonists on T cell motility and function, and (iv) a pivotal role of the adenosine diphosphoribose (ADPR)/TRPM2/Ca2+ signalling pathway in induction of apoptosis of T cells.
Optimization of the NAADP antagonist BZ 194 can be performed by repeated cycles of chemical derivatization, followed by in vitro screening, detailed in vitro characterization, and finally in in-depth testing of selected compounds both in vitro and in vivo in the multiple sclerosis model of transfer experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (transfer- EAE) in rats.
In depth-analysis of the immunosuppressive effects of BZ194-type NAADP antagonists includes confocal calcium imaging of antigen-presenting cell - T cell interactions both in vitro and in vivo by 2-photon intravital microscopy. Furthermore, potential additional effects of NAADP antagonists, e.g. effects on NAADP metabolism or effects on transcription of unrelated genes, will be studied by HPLC methods and microarrays, respectively. CERTAIN ASPECTS
Certain aspects of the present invention will now be described by way of numbered paragraphs.
1. The use of a compound of formula (I) :
Figure imgf000146_0001
(I)
wherein:
Rl comprises a carbonyl group
R2 is a hydrocarbyl group;
optionally wherein said ring is further substituted;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
2. Use according to paragraph 1 wherein said compound is cell permeable.
3. Use according to paragraph 1 or paragraph 2 wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass (RMM) of less than about 500.
4. Use according to any preceding paragraph wherein R2 is a hydrocarbyl group comprising a carbonyl group.
5. Use according to any preceding paragraph wherein R2 is a hydrocarbyl group comprising an amide group.
6. Use according to any preceding paragraph wherein R2 is CH2C(O)NH2.
7. Use according to any preceding paragraph wherein Rl is COOH. 8. Use according to any preceding paragraph wherein said compound is a mimetic of nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000148_0001
(H)
9. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined in any of the preceding paragraphs or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
10. A pharmaceutical composition according to paragraph 9 wherein said composition comprises one or more additional pharmaceutically active compounds.
11. A compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined in any one of paragraphs 1 to 8 for use in medicine.
12. A compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
13. A medicament comprising a compound according to any of paragraphs 1-8. 14. An assay method for identifying an agent that modulates intracellular calcium release comprising the steps of:
(a) providing an agent;
(b) providing an NAADP receptor;
(c) contacting said agent with an NAADP receptor; and
(d) measuring the level of intracellular calcium release;
wherein a difference between (i) the level of intracellular calcium release in the presence of the agent; and (ii) the level of intracellular calcium release in the absence of the agent is indicative of an agent that modulates intracellular calcium release and may be useful in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
15. An assay method according to paragraph 14 wherein said agent is cell permeable.
16. An assay method according to paragraph 14 or paragraph 15 wherein said agent has a relative molecular mass (RMM) of less than about 500.
17. An assay method according to any of paragraphs 14-16 wherein said agent is a mimetic of nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000150_0001
(H)
18. An assay method comprising the steps of: (a) performing the assay method according to any of paragraphs 14-17;
(b) identifying one or more agents capable of modulating intracellular calcium release; and
(c) preparing a quantity of those one or more identified agents.
19. A method comprising the steps of:
(a) performing the assay method according to any of paragraphs 14-17;
(b) identifying one or more agents capable of modulating intracellular calcium release; and
(c) preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising those one or more identified agents.
20. An agent identifiable, preferably, identified by the assay method according to paragraph any of paragraphs 14-17.
21. A pharmaceutical composition prepared by the method of paragraph 19.
22. A method of treating and/or preventing a disease in a human or animal patient in need of same which method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a compound as defined in any of paragraphs 1-8 or 11-12, a composition according to paragraphs 9 or 10, or a medicament according to paragraph 13.
23. A process of preparing a pharmaceutical composition, said process comprising admixing one or more of the compounds defined in any of paragraphs 1-8 or 11-12 with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or carrier.
24. A pharmaceutical pack comprising one or more compartments, wherein at least one compartment comprises one or more of the compounds defined in any of paragraphs 1-8 or 11-12 , a composition according to paragraphs 9 or 10, or a medicament according to paragraph 13.
25. A container comprising a compound according to any of paragraphs 1-8 or 11-12, a composition according to paragraphs 9 or 10, or a medicament according to paragraph 13, wherein said container is labelled for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
26. The use of a compound of formula (I) in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of: modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
wherein said compound is cell permeable; wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500; wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000154_0001
(II)
27. The use of a compound in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
wherein said compound is cell permeable;
wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500;
wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000156_0001
(II)
and wherein said compound has the formula (A):
Figure imgf000156_0002
(A) wherein Rl and R2 are ring substituents;
wherein Rl and R2 are as defined for compound of formula (I); and wherein R3 represents one or more substituents, the or each substituent being independently selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, C 1-20 alkyl, F, Cl, Br, I5 OY, NYn (n = 1, 2, or 3), SY, COY, CONY2 (z = 2), C(O)OY, wherein the or each Y is independently selected from H, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and a C 1-20 alkyl group.
28. A compound for use in medicine
wherein said compound is cell permeable;
wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500;
wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000157_0001
(H)
and wherein said compound has the formula (A):
Figure imgf000158_0001
(A)
wherein Rl and R2 are ring substituents;
wherein Rl and R2 are as defined for compound of formula (I); and
wherein R3 represents one or more substituents, the or each substituent being independently selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, C 1-20 alkyl, F, Cl, Br, I, OY, NYn (n = 1, 2, or 3), SY, COY, CONY2 (z = 2), C(O)OY, wherein the or each Y is independently selected from H, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and a C 1-20 alkyl group.
29. A compound, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising same, wherein said compound is cell permeable;
wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500;
wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000159_0001
(H) and wherein said compound has the formula (A):
Figure imgf000159_0002
(A)
wherein Rl and R2 are ring substituents;
wherein Rl and R2 are as defined for compound of formula (I); and
wherein R3 represents one or more substituents, the or each substituent being independently selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, C 1-20 alkyl, F, Cl, Br, I, OY, NYn (n = 1 , 2, or 3), SY, COY, CONYZ (z = 2), C(O)OY, wherein the or each Y is independently selected from H, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and a C 1-20 alkyl group. 30. The invention according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (Al):
Figure imgf000160_0001
wherein X (of the =X group) is O, S, CH2 or (H5H); wherein Rl is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; wherein R2 is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; optionally wherein Rl and R2 can be linked so as to form a hydrocarbyl ring structure wherein R3 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R4 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R5 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R6 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
31. The invention according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (A2):
Figure imgf000160_0002
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H, Me, Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
Preferred Aspects
Certain preferred aspects of the present invention will now be described by way of numbered paragraphs.
1. A compound of formula (Al):
Figure imgf000162_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2 or (H5H); wherein Rl is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; wherein R2 is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; wherein R3 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R4 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R5 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R6 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein X ~ is an optional anion, such as Br"; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
2. A compound according to paragraph 1 wherein the compound is of the formula (A2)
Figure imgf000163_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or a hydrocarbyl group, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-
C9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H, halo or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
3. A compound according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (A3)
Figure imgf000163_0002
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
4. A compound according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (A4)
Figure imgf000164_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
5. A compound according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (A5)
Figure imgf000165_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H; wherein R4 is H; wherein R5 is H; wherein R6 is H; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
6. A compound according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (A6)
Figure imgf000165_0002
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H; wherein R4 is H; wherein R5 is H; wherein R6 is H; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
7. A compound according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (A7)
Figure imgf000166_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5 hydrocarbyl group or a C5 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
8. A compound according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (A8)
Figure imgf000167_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H5 H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C6 hydrocarbyl group or a C6 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
9. A compound according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (A9)
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C7 hydrocarbyl group or a C7 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
10. A compound according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (AlO)
Figure imgf000168_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O5 S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C8 hydrocarbyl group or a C 8 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
11. A compound according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (Al l)
Figure imgf000169_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H or Me or Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C9 hydrocarbyl group or a C9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion.
12. A compound according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (B) fBZ52)
Figure imgf000169_0002
13. A compound according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (D) (BZl 94)
Figure imgf000170_0001
BZ194
14. A compound according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (E) fBZ32(T)
Figure imgf000170_0002
15. A compound according to any one of the preceding paragraphs wherein the compound is of the formula (F) (BZ321)
Figure imgf000170_0003
16. The use of a compound according to any one of the preceding paragraphs or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
17. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined in any of the preceding paragraphs or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
18. A compound as defined in any of the preceding paragraphs or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in medicine.
19. A medicament comprising a compound as defined in any of the preceding paragraphs or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 20. A method of treating and/or preventing a disease in a human or animal patient in need of same which method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a compound as defined in any of the preceding paragraphs or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
21. A process of preparing a pharmaceutical composition, said process comprising admixing one or more of the compounds defined in any of the preceding paragraphs or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or carrier.
22. A pharmaceutical pack comprising one or more compartments, wherein at least one compartment comprises one or more of the compound as defined in any of the preceding paragraphs or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
23. A container comprising a compound as defined in any of the preceding paragraphs or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein said container is labelled for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells.
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
24. Use of a compound according to any one of the formulae presented herein in the manufacture of a medicament to affect the motility of TMBP-GFP cells.
25. A method of affecting the motility of TMBP-GFP cells comprising administering a a compound according to any one of the formulae presented herein.
26. Use of a compound according to Formula I or Formula A or any one of Formula Al - Formula Al 1 or any one of Formula B - Formula F in the manufacture of a medicament to treat a T cell-mediated disease.
27. A method of treating a T cell-mediated disease comprising administering a compound according to Formula I or Formula A or any one of Formula Al - Formula Al 1 or any one of Formula B - Formula F.
28. Use of a compound according to Formula I or Formula A or any one of Formula Al - Formula Al 1 or any one of Formula B - Formula F in the manufacture of a medicament to treat a T cell-mediated autoimmune disease.
29. A method of treating a T cell-mediated autoimmune disease comprising administering a compound according to Formula I or Formula A or any one of Formula Al - Formula Al 1 or any one of Formula B - Formula F. All publications mentioned in the above specification are herein incorporated by reference. Various modifications and variations of the described methods and system of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. Although the invention has been described in connection with specific preferred embodiments, it should be understood that the invention as claimed should not be unduly limited to such specific embodiments. Indeed, various modifications of the described modes for carrying out the invention which are obvious to those skilled in chemistry, molecular biology or related fields are intended to be within the scope of the following claims.

Claims

1. The use of a compound of formula (I) :
Figure imgf000175_0001
(I)
wherein:
Rl comprises a carbonyl group
R2 is a hydrocarbyl group;
optionally wherein said ring is further substituted;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
2. Use according to claim 1 wherein said compound is cell permeable.
3. Use according to claim 1 wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass (RMM) of less than about 500.
4. Use according to claim 1 wherein R2 is a hydrocarbyl group comprising a carbonyl group.
5. Use according to claim 1 wherein R2 is a hydrocarbyl group comprising an amide group.
6. Use according to claim 1 wherein R2 is CH2C(O)NH2.
7. Use according to claim 1 wherein Rl is COOH.
8. Use according to claim 1 wherein said compound is a mimetic of nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000177_0001
(H)
9. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined in claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
10. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 9 wherein said composition comprises one or more additional pharmaceutically active compounds.
11. A compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined in claim 1 for use in medicine.
12. A compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined in claim 1.
13. A medicament comprising a compound as defined in claim 1.
14. An assay method for identifying an agent that modulates intracellular calcium release comprising the steps of:
(a) providing an agent;
(b) providing an NAADP receptor;
(c) contacting said agent with an NAADP receptor; and
(d) measuring the level of intracellular calcium release;
wherein a difference between (i) the level of intracellular calcium release in the presence of the agent; and (ii) the level of intracellular calcium release in the absence of the agent is indicative of an agent that modulates intracellular calcium release and may be useful in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
15. An assay method according to claim 14 wherein said agent is cell permeable.
16. An assay method according to claim 14 wherein said agent has a relative molecular mass (RMM) of less than about 500.
17. An assay method according to claim 14 wherein said agent is a mimetic of nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000179_0001
(H)
18. An assay method comprising the steps of:
(a) performing the assay method according to claim 14;
(b) identifying one or more agents capable of modulating intracellular calcium release; and
(c) preparing a quantity of those one or more identified agents.
19. A method comprising the steps of:
(a) performing the assay method according to claim 14;
(b) identifying one or more agents capable of modulating intracellular calcium release; and
(c) preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising those one or more identified agents.
20. An agent identifiable, preferably, identified by the assay method according to claim 14.
21. A pharmaceutical composition prepared by the method of claim 19.
22. A method of treating and/or preventing a disease in a human or animal patient in need of same which method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a compound as defined in claim 1.
23. A method of treating and/or preventing a disease in a human or animal patient in need of same which method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a composition according to claim 9.
24. A method of treating and/or preventing a disease in a human or animal patient in need of same which method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a medicament according to claim 13.
25. A process of preparing a pharmaceutical composition, said process comprising admixing one or more of the compounds defined in claim 1 with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or carrier.
26. A pharmaceutical pack comprising one or more compartments, wherein at least one compartment comprises one or more of the compounds defined in claim 1.
27. A pharmaceutical pack comprising one or more compartments, wherein at least one compartment comprises a composition according to claim 9.
28. A pharmaceutical pack comprising one or more compartments, wherein at least one compartment comprises a medicament according to claim 13.
29. A container comprising a compound according to claim 1, wherein said container is labelled for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
30. A container comprising a medicament according to claim 13, wherein said container is labelled for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of .brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
31. The use of a compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
wherein said compound is cell permeable; wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500; wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said
NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000184_0001
32. The use of a compound in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
wherein said compound is cell permeable;
wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500; wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000186_0001
(H)
and wherein said compound has the formula (A):
Figure imgf000186_0002
(A)
wherein Rl and R2 are ring substituents;
wherein Rl and R2 are as defined for compound of formula (I); and wherein R3 represents one or more substituents, the or each substituent being independently selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, C 1-20 alkyl, F, Cl, Br, I, OY, NYn (n = 1, 2, or 3), SY5 COY, CONY2 (z - 2), C(O)OY5 wherein the or each Y is independently selected from H5 a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and a C 1-20 alkyl group.
33. A compound for use in medicine
wherein said compound is cell permeable;
wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500;
wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000187_0001
(H)
and wherein said compound has the formula (A):
Figure imgf000188_0001
wherein Rl and R2 are ring substituents;
wherein Rl and R2 are as defined for compound of formula (I); and
wherein R3 represents one or more substituents, the or each substituent being independently selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, C 1-20 alkyl, F, Cl5 Br5 15 OY5 NYn (n = I5 2, or 3), SY5 COY5 CONY2 (z = 2), C(O)OY5 wherein the or each Y is independently selected from H5 a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and a C 1-20 alkyl group.
34. A compound, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising same, wherein said compound is cell permeable;
wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500;
wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000189_0001
(H) and wherein said compound has the formula (A):
Figure imgf000189_0002
(A)
wherein Rl and R2 are ring substituents;
wherein Rl and R2 are as defined for compound of formula (I); and
wherein R3 represents one or more substituents, the or each substituent being independently selected from H, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, C 1-20 alkyl, F, Cl, Br, I, OY, NYn (n = 1, 2, or 3), SY, COY, CONY2 (z = 2), C(O)OY, wherein the or each Y is independently selected from H, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and a C 1-20 alkyl group.
35. The use according to claim 1 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000190_0001
or
Figure imgf000190_0002
36. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 9 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000191_0001
or
Figure imgf000191_0002
37. The method according to claim 21 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000192_0001
or
Figure imgf000192_0002
38. The method according to claim 25 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000193_0001
or
Figure imgf000193_0002
39. The container according to claim 29 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000194_0001
or
Figure imgf000194_0002
40. The use of a compound of formula (Al):
Figure imgf000195_0001
wherein X (of the =X group) is O, S, CH2 or (H5H); wherein Rl is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; wherein R2 is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; optionally wherein Rl and R2 can be linked so as to form a hydrocarbyl ring structure wherein R3 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R4 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R5 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R6 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group;
wherein X ~ is an optional anion; wherein the compound may be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof salt form or as a Zwitterion;
in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
41. Use according to claim 40 wherein said compound is cell permeable.
42. Use according to claim 40 wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass (RMM) of less than about 500.
43. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined in claim 40 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
44. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 43 wherein said composition comprises one or more additional pharmaceutically active compounds.
45. A compound of formula (Al) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined in claim 40 for use in medicine.
46. A compound of formula (Al) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined in claim 40.
47. A medicament comprising a compound as defined in claim 40.
48. A method of treating and/or preventing a disease in a human or animal patient in need of same which method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a compound as defined in claim 40.
49. A method of treating and/or preventing a disease in a human or animal patient in need of same which method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a composition according to claim 43.
50. A method of treating and/or preventing a disease in a human or animal patient in need of same which method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a medicament according to claim 46.
51. A process of preparing a pharmaceutical composition, said process comprising admixing one or more of the compounds defined in claim 40 with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or carrier.
52. A pharmaceutical pack comprising one or more compartments, wherein at least one compartment comprises one or more of the compounds defined in claim 40.
53. A pharmaceutical pack comprising one or more compartments, wherein at least one compartment comprises a composition according to claim 43.
54. A pharmaceutical pack comprising one or more compartments, wherein at least one compartment comprises a medicament according to claim 46.
55. A container comprising a compound according to claim 40, wherein said container is labelled for use in one or more of: modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
56. A container comprising a medicament according to claim 46, wherein said container is labelled for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells treating diseases in one or more ot brain, heart, pancreatic ceils (e.g. pancreatic acinar ana pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
57. The use of a compound of formula (Al) as defined in claim 40 in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release ot intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
wherein said compound is cell permeable; wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500; wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said
NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000200_0001
(H)
58. The use of a compound of formula (Al):
Figure imgf000201_0001
wherein X (of the =X group) is O, S, CH2 or (H,H); wherein Rl is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; wherein R2 is hydrocarbyl group or an oxyhydrocarbyl group or H; optionally wherein Rl and R2 can be linked so as to form a hydrocarbyl ring structure wherein R3 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R4 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R5 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein R6 is H or halo or a hydrocarbyl group; wherein X ~ is an optional anion;
wherein the compound may be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof salt form or as a Zwitterion;
in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating RA (rheumatoid arthritis) or MS (multiple sclerosis) or graft rejection.
59. Use according to claim 58 wherein said compound is cell permeable.
60. Use according to claim 58 wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass (RMM) of less than about 500.
61. A method of treating and/or preventing RA (rheumatoid arthritis) or MS (multiple sclerosis) or graft rejection in a human or animal patient in need of same which method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a compound as defined in claim 58.
62. A container comprising a compound according to claim 58, wherein said container is labelled for use in treating RA (rheumatoid arthritis) or MS (multiple sclerosis) or graft rejection.
63. , The use of a compound of formula (Al) as defined in claim 58 in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating RA (rheumatoid arthritis) or MS (multiple sclerosis) or graft rejection wherein said compound is cell permeable; wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500; wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said
NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000202_0001
(H)
64. The use according to claim 40 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000203_0001
or
Figure imgf000203_0002
65. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 43 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000204_0001
or
Figure imgf000204_0002
66. The method according to claim 48 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000205_0001
or
Figure imgf000205_0002
67. The use according to claim 58 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000206_0001
or
Figure imgf000206_0002
68. The use according to claim 63 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000207_0001
or
Figure imgf000207_0002
69. The method according to claim 61 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000208_0001
or
Figure imgf000208_0002
70. The invention according to any one of the preceding claims wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000209_0001
BZ194
71. The use according to claim 1 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000210_0001
BZ194
72. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 9 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000210_0002
BZ194
73. The method according to claim 22 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000210_0003
BZ194
74. The method according to claim 25 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000211_0001
BZ194
. The container according to claim 29 wherein said compound has the formula:
Figure imgf000211_0002
76. The use of a compound of formula (A2):
Figure imgf000212_0001
wherein X (i.e. the =X) is O, S, CH2, or (H, H); wherein one of Rl and R2 is H, Me, Et, and the other of Rl and R2 is a C5-9 hydrocarbyl group or a C5-9 oxyhydrocarbyl group; wherein R3 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R4 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R5 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein R6 is H or a hydrocarbyl group or a halo group; wherein X ~ is an anion, preferably a halo anion, preferably Br-; wherein the compound may be salt form or as a Zwitterion;
in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
77. Use according to claim 76 wherein said compound is cell permeable.
78. Use according to claim 76 wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass (RMM) of less than about 500.
79. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined in claim 76 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
80. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 76 wherein said composition comprises one or more additional pharmaceutically active compounds.
81. A compound of formula (A2) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined in claim 76 for use in medicine.
82. A compound of formula (A2) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined in claim 76.
83. A medicament comprising a compound as defined in claim 76.
84. A method of treating and/or preventing a disease in a human or animal patient in need of same which method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a compound as defined in claim 76.
85. A method of treating and/or preventing a disease in a human or animal patient in need of same which method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a composition according to claim 76.
86. A method of treating and/or preventing a disease in a human or animal patient in need of same which method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a medicament according to claim 76.
87. A process of preparing a pharmaceutical composition, said process comprising admixing one or more of the compounds defined in claim 76 with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or carrier.
88. A pharmaceutical pack comprising one or more compartments, wherein at least one compartment comprises one or more of the compounds defined in claim 76. .
89. A pharmaceutical pack comprising one or more compartments, wherein at least one compartment comprises a composition according to claim 76.
90. A pharmaceutical pack comprising one or more compartments, wherein at least one compartment comprises a medicament according to claim 76.
91. A container comprising a compound according to claim 76, wherein said container is labelled for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
92. A container comprising a compound as defined in claim 76, wherein said container is labelled for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells.
93. The use of a compound of formula (A2) as defined in claim 76 in the manufacture of a medicament for use in one or more of:
modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate
modulating calcium spikes and sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), immune cells, such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating the release of intracellular calcium from a store controlled by nicotinic acid adenine dinucleotide phosphate treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating calcium spikes in mammalian cells
treating diseases in one or more of brain, heart, pancreatic cells (e.g. pancreatic acinar and pancreatic beta cells), such as T-cells, and other haemopoietic cells including phagocytes by modulating sustained elevations in the free cytosolic and nuclear calcium concentration in mammalian cells
wherein said compound is cell permeable; wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500; wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said
NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000217_0001
(H)
94. The use of a compound of formula (A2) as defined in claim 76 wherein the compound may be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof salt form or as a Zwitterion; in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating RA (rheumatoid arthritis) or MS (multiple sclerosis) or graft rejection.
95. Use according to claim 94 wherein said compound is cell permeable.
96. Use according to claim 94 wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass (RMM) of less than about 500.
97. A method of treating and/or preventing RA (rheumatoid arthritis) or MS (multiple sclerosis) or graft rejection in a human or animal patient in need of same which method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a compound as defined in claim 76.
98. A container comprising a compound according to claim 76, wherein said container is labelled for use in treating RA (rheumatoid arthritis) or MS (multiple sclerosis) or graft rejection.
99. The use of a compound of formula (A2) as defined in claim 76 in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating RA (rheumatoid arthritis) or MS (multiple sclerosis) or graft rejection wherein said compound is cell permeable; wherein said compound has a relative molecular mass of less than about 500; wherein said compound is a mimetic of the nicotinic group of NAADP, wherein said
NAADP has the formula:
Figure imgf000219_0001
(H)
100. Use of a compound according to Formula I or Formula A or any one of Formula Al - Formula Al 1 or any one of Formula B — Formula F in the manufacture of a medicament to affect the motility of TMBP-GFP cells.
101. A method of affecting the motility of TMBP-GFP cells comprising administering a compound according to Formula I or Formula A or any one of Formula Al - Formula Al l or any one of Formula B - Formula F.
102. Use of a compound according to Formula I or Formula A or any one of Formula Al
- Formula Al 1 or any one of Formula B - Formula F in the manufacture of a medicament to treat a T cell-mediated disease.
103. A method of treating a T cell-mediated disease comprising administering a compound according to Formula I or Formula A or any one of Formula Al - Formula Al 1 or any one of Formula B - Formula F.
104. Use of a compound according to Formula I or Formula A or any one of Formula Al - Formula Al l or any one of Formula B - Formula F in the manufacture of a medicament to treat a T cell-mediated autoimmune disease.
105. A method of treating a T cell-mediated autoimmune disease comprising administering a compound according to Formula I or Formula A or any one of Formula Al
- Formula Al 1 or any one of Formula B - Formula F.
PCT/GB2007/001684 2006-05-15 2007-05-09 Therapeutics comprising pyridinium derivatives WO2007132179A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US80061906P 2006-05-15 2006-05-15
US60/800,619 2006-05-15
US11/422,010 US20070105810A1 (en) 2003-12-05 2006-06-02 Therapeutics
US11/422,010 2006-06-02

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007132179A2 true WO2007132179A2 (en) 2007-11-22
WO2007132179A3 WO2007132179A3 (en) 2008-03-27

Family

ID=38624352

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2007/001684 WO2007132179A2 (en) 2006-05-15 2007-05-09 Therapeutics comprising pyridinium derivatives

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2007132179A2 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102491944A (en) * 2011-12-13 2012-06-13 东阳市威达环保助剂有限公司 Method for preparing brominated 1-benzyl-3-carboxypyridine and preparation method thereof
WO2016024246A1 (en) * 2014-08-14 2016-02-18 Universita' Degli Studi Di Roma 'la Sapienza' A therapeutic use of naadp and/or tcp2 antagonists
US11878958B2 (en) 2022-05-25 2024-01-23 Ikena Oncology, Inc. MEK inhibitors and uses thereof

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1998044925A1 (en) * 1997-04-04 1998-10-15 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Calcilytic compounds
WO2001025209A1 (en) * 1999-10-06 2001-04-12 Torrent Pharmaceuticals Ltd Pyridinium derivatives for the treatment of diabetic and aging-related vascular complications
WO2002011736A1 (en) * 2000-08-04 2002-02-14 University Of Bath Naadp analogues for modulating t-cell activity
WO2005054198A2 (en) * 2003-12-05 2005-06-16 University Of Bath Therapeutics use of pyridinium compounds to modulate naadp activity

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1998044925A1 (en) * 1997-04-04 1998-10-15 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Calcilytic compounds
WO2001025209A1 (en) * 1999-10-06 2001-04-12 Torrent Pharmaceuticals Ltd Pyridinium derivatives for the treatment of diabetic and aging-related vascular complications
WO2002011736A1 (en) * 2000-08-04 2002-02-14 University Of Bath Naadp analogues for modulating t-cell activity
WO2005054198A2 (en) * 2003-12-05 2005-06-16 University Of Bath Therapeutics use of pyridinium compounds to modulate naadp activity

Non-Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DOWDEN JAMES ET AL: "Cell-permeant small-molecule modulators of NAADP-mediated Ca2+ release" CHEMISTRY & BIOLOGY (CAMBRIDGE), vol. 13, no. 6, June 2006 (2006-06), pages 659-665, XP002465203 ISSN: 1074-5521 *
DUNTZE W ET AL: "Alkylation of nicotinamide and nicotinic acid by tetramin- (1 aziridino-2-hydroxybut-3-ene) and other carcinostatic ethylenimine derivatives" ZEITSCHRIFT FUER KREBSFORSCHUNG, SPRINGER VERLAG, BERLIN, DE, 1962, pages 503-518, XP008087245 ISSN: 0301-1585 *
ESCH VAN J H ET AL: "REDUCTION OF NICOTINAMIDES, FLAVINS, AND MANGANESE PORPHYRINS BY FORMATS, CATALYZED BY MEMBRANE-BOUND RHODIUM COMPLEXES" JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY. EASTON, US, vol. 60, no. 6, 1995, pages 1599-1610, XP008044842 ISSN: 0022-3263 *
FARAG H H ET AL: "SYNTHESIS AND PRELIMINARY ALKYLATING ACTIVITIES OF CERTAIN NEW 1,4-DIHYDROPYRIDINES, PYRIDINIUM SALTS AND 2,7-DIAZABICYCLO [4.1.0] HEPT-3-ENES" BULLETIN OF PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, ASSIUT UNIVERSITY PRESS, ASSIUT, EG, vol. 16, no. 2, 1993, pages 141-150, XP008044846 ISSN: 1110-0052 *
KHALID M KHAN ET AL: "SYNTHESES OF SELECTED QUATERNARY PHENACYLBROMOPYRIDINIUM COMPOUNDS AND THEIR BIOLOGICAL EVOLUTION" ZEITSCHRIFT FUR NATURFORSCHUNG, TEIL B: ANORGANISCHE CHEMIE, ORGANISCHE CHEMIE, VERLAG DER ZEITSCHRIFT FUR NATURFORSCHUNG. TUBINGEN, DE, vol. 54 (9), 1999, pages 1210-1218, XP008087298 ISSN: 0932-0776 *
M.P. SCHUBERT: "The interaction of iodoacetic acid and tertiary amines" J. BIOL. CHEM., 1936, pages 437-445, XP002465202 *
ZHENG, FANG ET AL: "QSAR modeling of mono- and bis-quaternary ammonium salts that act as antagonists at neuronal nicotinic acetylcholine receptors mediating dopamine release" BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY , 14(9), 3017-3037 CODEN: BMECEP; ISSN: 0968-0896, 2006, XP002465201 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102491944A (en) * 2011-12-13 2012-06-13 东阳市威达环保助剂有限公司 Method for preparing brominated 1-benzyl-3-carboxypyridine and preparation method thereof
WO2016024246A1 (en) * 2014-08-14 2016-02-18 Universita' Degli Studi Di Roma 'la Sapienza' A therapeutic use of naadp and/or tcp2 antagonists
US11878958B2 (en) 2022-05-25 2024-01-23 Ikena Oncology, Inc. MEK inhibitors and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2007132179A3 (en) 2008-03-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5135235B2 (en) Pyrimidinylsulfonamide compounds that inhibit leukocyte adhesion mediated by VAL-4
JP3346562B2 (en) PCP receptor / ligand and drugs containing them
KR20200039796A (en) Cyclic dinucleotide as an anticancer agent
EP1727817B1 (en) Azabicyclooctan-3-one derivatives and use thereof
KR20190003750A (en) 1-tetrahydropyranylcarbonyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-indole compound for treating cancer
JP2008528634A (en) Tumor necrosis factor inhibitor
JP2718595B2 (en) Quinoxalines and their production
EP4306517A1 (en) Triazole derivative, preparation method therefor, and application thereof
KR101133959B1 (en) Immunomodulating heterocyclic compounds
KR20200081445A (en) Aromatic sulfonamide derivatives for the treatment of ischemic stroke
KR100231095B1 (en) Pyridazinedione compounds
CA2097825A1 (en) Synergistic compositions of soluble complement receptors and compounds that inhibit complement and/or suppress immune activity
JPH06506442A (en) 1-(4-acylaminophenyl)-7,8-methylenedioxy-5H-2,3-benzo-diazepine derivatives and acid addition salts thereof, pharmaceutical compositions containing the same, and methods for producing the same
WO2007132179A2 (en) Therapeutics comprising pyridinium derivatives
MXPA02012657A (en) Coumarin derivatives with comt inhibiting activity.
CN109415356B (en) Crystalline forms of 4- (5- (4, 7-dimethylbenzofuran-2-yl) -1,2, 4-oxadiazol-3-yl) benzoic acid and methods for their preparation
US20070105810A1 (en) Therapeutics
JPH05221980A (en) Acetylene compound
JP6742343B2 (en) Bicyclic heterocyclic compound
CN112057443A (en) Medical application of benzene sulfonamide compound and pharmaceutical composition thereof
KR100487060B1 (en) Cromann derivative
SI9500260A (en) Substituted quinolin derivatives, process for their preparation and use thereof
US5096917A (en) Substituted indoles
EP1689714A2 (en) Therapeutic use of pyridinium compounds to modulate naadp activity
TW201922690A (en) Inhibitors of cyclic-AMP response element-binding protein

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07732712

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07732712

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2